Western Histories of Linguistic Thought: An Annotated Chronological Bibliography, 1822-1976

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE E. F.K.KOE...

Author: E. F. K. Koerner

106 downloads 652 Views 6MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT

AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE

E. F.K.KOERNER, General Editor

Series III - STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS

Advisory Editorial Board Herbert E. Brekle (Regensburg), Ranko Bugarski (Belgrade) H. H. Christmann (Tübingen); George Cardona (Philadelphia) Rudolf Engler (Bern); Hans-Josef Niederehe (Trier) R. H. Robins (London); Aldo Scaglione (Chapel Hill) Jean Stefanini (Marseille)

Volume 11

E. F. K. Koerner Western Histories of Linguistic Thought: An annotated chronological bibliography 1822-1976

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT AN ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

1822-1976

E.F.K.KOERNER University of Ottawa

AMSTERDAM / JOHN BENJAMINS B. V. 1978

Pro . . Perfer et obdura (Ovid)

©Copyright 1978 - John Benjamins B.V. ISBN 90 272 0891 3 / 90 272 0952 9 No part of this book may be reproduced in any form by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means, without written permission from the publisher.

PREFACE

Several years ago, when first steps were taken to compile a bibliography of secondary literature on the history of linguistics, there were few, if any, sources available to the researcher. As a result, few titles were consulted by scholars working in the field, to the extent that some of them were regarded as definitive accounts, e.g., Benfey (1869), Thomsen (1927), or Pedersen (1931) for 19th-century historical-comparative work; Robins (1967), Arens (1969), and others for general overviews of the field from antiquity to the present; or Malmberg (1964), Ivić (1965), and similar books for more recent works in linguistics. These above-mentioned studies have significantly contributed to a better understanding of the history of linguistics, but in matters of detail many of these cannot be regarded as either definitive or reliable sources of factual information: For first-hand information on particular topics or epochs there are numerous other secondary sources which may offer a much better point of departure. A number of these can be found in the present bibliography. Following the foundation of Historiographia Linguistica (Amsterdam 1973/ 74-), there have appeared a number of important publications devoted to the history of linguistics (e.g., Hymes 1974, Benware 1974, Fischer-Jørgensen 1975, Padley 1976, etc.), some of which contain fairly detailed bibliographies. The largest publication is the 2-volume Historiography of Linguistics, which appeared in 1975 as volume 13 of Thomas A. Sebeok's Current Trends in Linguistics (cf. pp.39 and 75-76 for details). Yet there is no bibliographical survey that gives a comprehensive account of the vast amount of secondary literature available in the field.1 The present bibliography suggests that the history of linguistic historiography extends far beyond the works mentioned above, and that there has been a constant flow of publications which survey the discipline at its various stages of development. The bibliography makes no claim to completeness, although an attempt has been made to offer a comprehensive coverage of general accounts of the history of linguistic thought in the western world. Monographs exclusively devoted to a particular phase, author, or aspect in the history of linguistics have been omitted, at times with regret, though this principle has not always been rigorously applied, in particular where modern accounts are concerned. 1) A bibliography of the kind found in Manuel Mourelle de Lema, Historia y principios fundamentales de la lingüística (Madrid: Edit. Prensa, 1977), pp.731-853, for example, cannot satisfy this requirement.

VI

If for no other reason than for economy, the year 1822 has been retained as the starting point of the chronological bibliography, which now spans the time of 155 years. Of earlier titles, the following might have been included because of special interest: 1747. Reichard, Elias Caspar (1714-91). Versuch einer Historie der deutschen Sprachkunst. Hamburg: J. A. Martini, [XVII,] 496 pp. in-16ľ 1782. Rüdiger, Johann Christian Christoph (1751-1822). Grundriss einer Geschichte der menschlichen Sprache nach allen bisher bekannten Mund- und Schriftarten, mit Proben und Bücherkenntnis. Part I: Von der Sprache. Leipzig: P. G. Kummer, 134 pp. (No further volumes were published.) Between 1782 and 1793 Rüdiger also published a bibliographical survey, Neuester Zuwachs der teutschen, fremden und allgemeinen Sprach kunde in eigenen Aufsätzen, Bücheranzeigen und Nachricht en.5 Stücke [parts]. Leipzig: P. G. Kummer, 1782-85 (= parts I-IV); Halle: Michaelis & Cie., 1793 (= part V), 118, 236, 148, 232, and xü + 235 pp. in-16,º respectively. I have already mentioned (p.2) J. G. Eichhorn's Geschichte der neuern Sprachen kunde (= vol. 5, part II of the author's Geschichte der Litteratur von ihrem Anfang bis auf die neuesten Zeiten), which appeared in 1807. Very recently it has been argued, quite convincingly, that the "Discours préliminaire", which François Thurot (1768-1832) added to his 1796 translation of James Harris' Hermes; or, a Philosophical inquiry concerning universal grammar (1751), should be regarded as the first true historical account of linguistics or, rather, of gram mar.2 In 1815, Johann Severin Vater (1771-1826) published his bibliographical survey, Litteratur der Grammatiken, Lexika und Wörtersammlungen aller Sprachen der Erde, which Bernhard Jülg (1825-86) reworked extensively for a second edition in 1847, and there are other publications that might have been considered for inclusion in the present work. The material previously published in Historiographia Linguistica 1, Nos. 1-3 (1973-74) have been reprinted, at times with considerable alterations. In many instances I have followed suggestions made by interested scholars, three of whom deserve special thanks: Dr. Helmut Genaust of the University of Freiburg and Docent Dr. Jivco Boyadjiev of the University of Sofìa, for sending me lists of corrections and additions; and Professor Dr. F. M. Berezin of the Soviet Academy of Sciences, Moscow, for supplying me regularly with 2) Cf. Julie T. Andresen, "François Thurot and the First History of Grammar", Historiographia Linguistica 5:1/2.45-57 (1978).

vii recent Russian publications and thus helping me to fill the most serious lacunae. New publications devoted to the history of linguistics will continue to be reviewed in Historiographia Linguistica; I would appreciate receiving infor mation on earlier publications that have so far escaped my notice, and if their number is significant, a list of addenda to the present bibliography will be printed in the Miscellanea rubric of the Journal.3 In the meantime I hope that the present volume, with its substantial additions (pp.66ff.) and the very detailed index of authors (105-113), will prove a useful reference tool for anyone working in the history of western linguistic ideas.

Ottawa, 5 February 1978

E. F. K. K.

3) Compare the entries Bakker & Dibbets 1977, Christmann 1977, Graur & Wald 1977, Lang 1977, Rieber & Salzinger 1977, and others in HL 5: 1/2. 207 ff. (1978).

CONTENTS Preface Annotateci Chronological Bibliography -Part I: 1822-1915 -Part II: 1916-61 - Part III: 1962-76 - Part IV: Addenda: 1845-1972

ν 1 1 15 33 83

Index of Authors

105

ix

AN ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT, 1822-1976.

Parti: 1822-1915

The late G. M. Bolling is quoted as having spoken about a linguistics after Waterloo, and it may well have been that historical events such as the defeat of Napoleon by the English and Prussian armies in 1815 have had an impact on scientific developments in one way or another. At least in the case of Germany the upsurge of nationalism during the wars of liberation at the beginning of the 19th century had a considerable impact on the rise of this country to the most prolific and culturally pre-eminent western nation, for almost exactly one hun dred years. Part of this prevalence of German scholarship during the period in question is reflected in the linguistic literature of that time and also in the histories of the study of language, be they accounts of classical philology, the philosophy of language (of antiquity), or the progress made in linguistic re search. As a result, the majority of titles listed covering the period 1822-1915 are written in German, whereas in this century the picture changed consider ably, as will be evident from the forthcoming second part of the bibliography. However, it may be that, because of the nationalistic spirit of that time prevail ing in Germany with the resulting ignorance of contributions not written in German, some significant studies may be missing. I shall be grateful if those are brought to my attention so that a supplementary list may be issued later. The assignment of 1822 as the date with which the present bibliography is to begin is fairly arbitrary -- the appearance of 'Grimm's law' in the second revised edition of the first volume of Deutsche Grammatik in that year is merely coincidental. I have chosen that year simply in order to cover exactly 150 years in the present account. Inevitably, this means neglecting a study which appeared several years prior to the publication of Bopp's Conjugations-

2


system (1816) such as volume five, part one, of Johann Gottfried Eichhorn's (1752-1827) voluminous Geschichte der Litteratur von ihrem Ursprunge bis auf die neuesten Zeiten entitled "Geschichte der neueren Sprachkunde" (Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1807), for example, or A.W. Schlegeľs account, "Ueber den gegenwärtigen Zustand der indischen Philologie", printed in the first 49 pages of his Indische Bibliothek (Bonn: E. Weber, 1820). In general, only book-length studies or individual publications are included, though on certain occasions a significant article or contribution to a collective volume will be listed as well. Monographs devoted to a single author, a highly specialized aspect of linguistics, or a rather limited period of time are not included. 1822. Heeren, Arnold Hermann Ludwig [1760-1842]. Geschichte der klas sischen Literatur im Mittelalter. 2 vols. Göttingen: J.F. Röwer. Vol. I, xvi + 376 pp.; vol. II, 371 pp., containing Index for both vols. (355-71). As did previous works by the author, e.g., his Geschichte des Studiums der classischen Litteratur seit dem Wiederaufleben der Wissenschaften, 2 vols. (Göttingen: J.G. Rosenbusch, 1797-1801), the present study treats essentially literary matters. How ever, similar to Erhard 1827-32, the presentation of aspects of scholarship and learning of the period in question is of importance for the historian of linguistic thought concerned with establishing the general intellectual atmosphere of the time under investigation.

1827-32. Erhard, Heinrich August [1793-1852]. Geschichte des Wiederauf blühens wissenschaftlicher Bildung, vornehmlich in Teutschland bis zum Anfange der Reformation. 3 vols. Magdeburg: Creutz. Vol. I (1827), xxxiv + 469 pp.; vol. II (1830), vii + 616 pp.; vol. III (1832), xvi + 525 pp. [+ 1 page of errata]. Apart from the general background information - and Erhard 1827-32 is a considerable improvement over Heeren 1822 - the reader may glean from these volumes (note the detailed account of Johann Reuchlin [1453-1522] in vol. II, 147-211, for instance), there are a chap, on linguistics, "Die Sprachwissenschaften" (vol. III, 264-78), as well as accounts of those who distinguished themselves in this field (279-371).

1829. Classen, Johannes [1805-91]. De Grammaticae graeca primordiis. Diss., Univ. of Bonn. (Printed, Bonn: C.F. Thurmann, 1829), [ii+] 86 + viii pp. A study on Greek grammarians, including Plato, Aristotle, Sextus Empiricus, Diogenes Laertius, Dionysius Thrax, and others. Bibliographical footnotes, no index. Vita of author (i-vi).

1837. Michelsen, Conrad (Anton) [1804-62]. Historische Uebersicht des Studiums der lateinischen Grammatik seit der Wiederherstellung der Wis senschaften; nebst einer Einleitung über das allgemeine Wesen der Sprache: Ein grammatischer Versuch. Hamburg: Perthes, Besser & Mauke, vi + 138 pp. The book consists of an Introduction (1-17), discussing problems such as the rela-

ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY I

3

tionship between speaking and thinking (1-3), noun and verb (3-6). etc., and a central part offering an overview of linguistic studies, beginning with Laurentius Valla (alias Lorenzo della Valle, 1407-57) and leading up to the 1830's, viz. the work of Madvig, Frederik Lange (1798-1862), Bopp, Humboldt, and others. There is no bibliography or index.

1838-41. Lersch, (Johann Heinrich) Laurenz [1811-49]. Die Sprachphilosophie der Alten,... [second part of the title varying]. 3 vols. Bonn: H.B. König. (Repr. Hildesheim: G. Olms, 1971.) Vol. I: Geschichte des Streites über Analogie und Anomalie der Sprache (1838), [ ν +] 204 pp.; vol. II: Geschichtliche Entwicklung der Sprachkategorien (1840), [vi +] 295 pp., and vol. III: Geschichte der Etymologie (1841), xii + 202 pp. [Note that the subtitles are somewhat different as the appear on the title pages but follow the indications of the contents given in vol. III, vii-xii.] All vols. have indices (I, 202-04; II, 291-95; III, 201-02), but no bibliographies.

1843-50. Gräfenhan (or Graefenhan), (Ernst Friedrich) August [1807-76]. Ge schichte der klassischen Philologie im Altertum. 4 vols. Bonn: H.B. König. (Repr. Osnabrück: Biblio Verlag), 1942 pp. in all. Author not be confused with his father, Ernst August Wilhelm G. (1794-1836). Vols. not seen by the compiler.

1856. Haase, Friedrich (Gottlob Heinrich Christian) [1808-67]. De medii aevi studiis philologicis disputatio. Programmschrift. Breslau: Univ. Press, 45 pp. in-4° [+ 1 page with a postscript]. The study deals mainly with the contribution of classical authors, especially Roman, and the reception of their work in the Middle Ages up to the 15th century. It includes the discussion of both general areas of linguistics, e.g., lexicography, and individual grammatical categories and concepts, e.g., derivation.

1859. Schmidt, Karl Ernst August [1799-1869]. Beiträge zur Geschichte der Grammatik des Griechischen und Lateinischen. Halle/S.: Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses, xvi + 608 pp. After an Introduction (1-47) treating various topics concerning general principles of languages, the study analyses in 19 chaps. questions pertaining to the classification of sounds (chaps. III and IV), case endings (chap. V), prosody (chap. VII), the parts of speech (chap. IX), etc., contrasting views held by the Greeks and Romans on these issues with 19th-century interpretations of these. Bibliographical footnotes, no index.

1862. Hirzel, Carl [1808-74]. Grundzüge zu einer Geschichte der classischen Philologie. Tübingen: Philosophische Fakultät, Univ. of Tübingen. Ior details, see Hirzel 1 873 (i.e., 2nd rev. cd. of Hirzel 1 862).

1862. Schömann, Georg Friedrich [1793-1879] Die Lehre von den Redetheilen nach den Alten dargestellt und beurtheilt. Berlin: W. Hertz, viii + 244 pp. The study consists of 11 chaps., each of which presenting and analyzing particular parts of speech as put forward in the classic texts, e.g., the question of the priority of the verb over the noun (28-34), supinum and gerund (50-67), the pronouns

4

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT (94-127). The vol. concludes with a word and subject index (241-44).

1863. Steinthal, Heymann (= Chajim) [1823-99]. Geschichte der Sprachwissen schaft bei den Griechen und Römern, mit besonderer Rücksicht auf die Logik. Berlin: F. Dümmler, xxiii +712 pp. For details, see 2nd rev. ed. (1890-91).

1863. Pott, August Friedrich [1802-87] "Zur Geschichte und Kritik der soge nannten Allgemeinen Grammatik". Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik 43.102-41,181 -245. This 105-page essay, while constituting in part a review of Steinthal 1863, is a very informative background study of the grammaire générale trends of the 18th and early 19th centuries and their criticism by the members of the new philology initiated by Bopp, Grimm, and others. See also Pott's article, "Zur Geschichte der Logik und Grammatik", ibid. 46.148-56 (1865), both of which are scheduled to be re-edited in the Studies in the History of Linguistics series (Amsterdam: J. Benja mins).

1865. Dwight, Benjamin Woodbridge [1816-89]. 'The History of Modern Philology", Modern Philology: Its discoveries, history, and influence by B.W. Dwight, 3rd rev. ed., 193-273. New York: Scribner, Armstrong & Co., xvii + 360 pp. (Repr., 1877.) This (second) part of the first vol. of Dwighťs work treats mainly 19th-century achievements, giving brief descriptions of the principal scholars and their works. It is more extensive than comparable accounts in the linguistic books by Max Müller, Whitney, Sayce, and others not included in the present bibliographical survey.

1865. Lange, (Christian Konrad) Ludwig [1808-68]. Die Bedeutung der Gegen sätze in den Ansichten über die Sprache für die geschichtliche Ent wicklung der Sprachwissenschaft. Academic address. Giessen: Brühl (F.C. Pietsch), 22 pp. in-4°. The author argues that the debates among grammarians, philosophers of language, and philologists, on analogy vs. anomaly, nature vs. convention, etc., from the times of the Greeks down to the 19th century, has advanced linguistics considerably.

1868. Thurot, (François) Charles (Eugène) [1823-82]. Notices et extraits de divers manuscrits latins pour servir à l'histoire des doctrines grammati cales au moyen âge. (= Notices et extraits des Manuscrits de la Biblio thèque impériale [later: nationale] et autres Bibliothèques, 22:2). Paris: Impr. impériale, 592 pp. in-4°. (Repr. Frankfurt/M.: Minerva, 1964.) Still today, Thuroťs book is indispensable for everyone working in medieval Latin grammar. After a brief foreword (1-3), there is an informative ''Notice sur les manuscrits examinés" (3-58) which includes biographical information on the authors of the texts analyzed, followed by extensive excerpts from MSS covering the period from the 9th to the 15th century (59-506). The vol. concludes with copious indices of MSS (543-45), first line of MSS (547-53), authors and titles (555-63), and finally subjects and terms (565-92).

1869. Benfey, Theodor [1809-81]. Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft und


5

orientalischen Philologie in Deutschland, seit dem Anfange des 19. Jahr hunderts mit einem Rückblick auf frühere Zeiten. (= Geschichte der Wissenschaften in Deutschland; Neuere Zeit, 8). Munich: J. G. Cotta, χ + 837 pp. (Repr. New York & London: Johnson, 1965.) Despite the nationalistic bias of the study, it remains an important sourcebook for historians of western linguistic thought. The book includes not only a survey of 19th-century developments (313-805) but also a brief overview of the earliest be ginnings in antiquity (17ff.) as well as a chap, on the Arab and Hebrew Gramma rians (182-204). Index of names of languages and authors (808-36).

1869. Müller, (Eduard Friedrich Hermann) Lucian [1836-98]. Geschichte der klassischen Philologie in den Niederlanden. Mit einem Anhang über die lateinische Versifikation der Niederländer. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner, vii + 250 pp. (New ed. Amsterdam: J. Benjamins [in prep.]). The most important portion of this poorly arranged vol. is the one entitled "Die philologischen Schulen der Niederländer [1350-1850]" (1-129). Includes infor mative appendices (216-49), but no bibliographies or indices.

1870. Raumer, Rudolf von [1815-76]. Geschichte der germanischen Philologie. (= Geschichte der Wissenschaften in Deutschland; Neuere Zeit, 9). Munich: R. Oldenbourg, xii + 736 + 7 pp. (Repr. New York & London: Johnson, 1965.) The vol. consists of 4 major parts: 1) The beginnings of Germanic philology until 1665 (1-105); 2) 1665 [the year of the discovery of the Codex argentius]-1797 (106-291); 3) The upsurge of the Romanticist movement (in 1797) until 1819 (292-494), and 4) 1819 (the appearance of the first vol. of Grimm's Germanic Grammar) to 1869 (495-736). Index (*737-*743 [unpaged]).

1873. Hirzel, Carl. Grundzüge zu einer Geschichte der classischen Philologie. 2nd. rev. ed. Tübingen: L.F. Fues, 46 pp. First ed., 1862 [see above]. Survey of classical philology from the Greeks to the mid-19th century. No index or bibliography.

1874. Tell(e), Julien (Amiable) [1807- ? ]. Les Grammairiens français depuis Vorigine de la grammaire en France jusqu'aux dernières oeuvres connues: Ouvrage servant d'introduction à Vétude générale des langues. Brussels: F. Callewaert; 2nd ed. Paris: F. Didot, 1874, xiv + 462 pp. (Repr. Geneva: Slatkine, 1967.) Survey of French grammarians from Geoffrey Tory's "Champ-Fleury" (1529) to Pierre Veron's "Carnaval du Dictionnaire" (1874), in a strictly chronological fash ion (1-444). Indices of authors (453-58) and subject matters treated (459-62). A valuable sourcebook for historians of French linguistics.

1877. Benoist, Antoine [1846- ? ]. De la syntaxe française entre Palsgrave et Vaugelas. Paris: E. Thorin, 232 pp. (Repr. Geneva: Slatkine, 1968.) Presentation and discussion of French syntax, covering the period between 1530, the appearance of John Palsgrave's study of French (cf. Thurot 1881:xxivf., for details), and 1647, the publication of Vaugelas' Remarques de la langue françoise

6

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT (cf. loc.cit., liv-lviii). Neither index, nor bibliography.

1880. Delbrück, Berthold [1842-1922]. Einleitung in das Sprachstudium: Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte und Methodik der vergleichenden Sprachfor schung. (= Bibliothek indogermanischer Grammatiken, 4.) Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel, viii+ 141 pp. [+ 1 page of addenda & corrigenda]. 2nd ed. (1884), χ + 146 pp.; 3rd ed. (1893), viii + 144 pp. [Note that 4th (1904) and subsequent eds. are practically a new book]. The book had several translations, It., E., and Russ.: 1) Introduzione allo studio della scienza del linguaggio: Contributo alla storia ed alla metodica della glottologia comparativa, transi, by Pietro Merlo [1850-88] (Naples: E. Loescher, 1881), xii + 158 pp.; 2) Introduction to the Study of Language: A critical survey of the history and methods of comparative philology, transl. by Eva Charming (Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel, 1882), xiv + 142 pp. (New ed. Amsterdam: J. Benjamins, 1974.). 3) For the Russ. transi., see Bulić 1904:1-148. Delbrück's book consists of two main parts, a historical one, surveying the history of I. E. linguistics from 1786 to 1879 (1-60), and a theoretical part, discussing three major issues, i.e., the so-called agglutination theory, the sound law hypothesis, and the question of the origin of the I. E. proto-language (61-136). Select bibliography (138); Index of authors and subjects (139-41).

1881-83. Thurot, Charles. De la prononciation française depuis le commence ment du XVIe siècle, d'après les témoignages des grammairiens. 3 parts in 2 vols. Paris: Impr. nationale. (Repr. Geneva: Slatkine, 1966.) Vol. I (1881), civ + 568 pp; vol. II (1883), 775 + xviii [Preface by Gaston Paris (1839-1903)] + 75 [index] pp. Next to Thurot 1868, this is an important source book. It surveys grammatical statements beginning with Pierre Fabris Second livre de vraye rethorique (Rouen, 1521), and ending with the 7th ed. of the Dictionnaire de l'Académie Française (Paris, 1878). The Introduction (vol. I, ix-civ, at pp.xxiilxxxvii) contains valuable bio-bibliographical information.

1882. Müller, Johannes [1846-1919]. Quellenschriften und Geschichte des deutschsprachlichen Unterrichts bis zur Mitte des 16. Jahrhunderts. Gotha: E. F. Thienemann, xi + 420 pp. (Repr., with an introd. by Monika Rössing-Hager, Hildesheim: G. Olms, 1969.) The vol. consists of two parts; first, an edition of selected texts covering the period llth-mid-16th century, second, an analysis actually of grammatical rather than merely German-speaking teaching of the period in question, though more from a historical and pedagogical point of view than a strictly grammatical and linguistic one(189ff.)

1883. Bursian, Conrad {or Konrad) [1830-83]. Geschichte der classischen Philologie in Deutschland von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. (= Ge schichte der Wissenschaften in Deutschland; Neuere Zeit, 19). Munich & Leipzig: R. Oldenbourg, viii + 1248 + 23 [unpaginated] pp. (Repr. New York & London: Johnson, 1965.) The vol. consists of 4 major portions: 1) From the beginning to the 14th century (8-90); 2) Humanism and Reformation (91-259); 3) 17th century until 1777 (the


7

year that F. A. Wolf first employed the term Philologie, 260-516), and 4) 1777-1882, subtitled "Die klassische Philologie als Altertumswissenschaft" (517-1215). Subject and name index (*1249-* 1271). An indispensable sourcebook.

1883. Noreen, Adolf (Gotthard) [1858-1925]. Aperçu de l'histoire de la science linguistique suédoise. Extrait du Muséon [1883.411-30, 547-60]. Louvain: Peeters, 34 pp. The essay delineates the development of the study of Swedish grammar, from its inception in the work of Johannes Buraeus (d.1652) at the end of the 16th century until the 1880's, viz. the work of Johan August Lundell (1851-1940), and others.

1885. Bäbler, Johann Jakob [1836-1900]. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte der lateinischen Grammatik im Mittelalter. Halle/M.: Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses, vii + 206 pp. (New ed. Amsterdam: J. Benjamins [in prep aration].) Beginning with a survey of the history of the study of grammar from Plato to Remigius (1-27), the author presents various aspects of grammatical work in the medieval period, e.g., "De modis significandi" (74-94), "Das Doctrinale des Alexander de Villa Dei" (116-34), etc. The book lacks an index as well as a bibliog raphy.

1885. Paulsen, Friedrich [1846-1908]. Geschichte des gelehrten Unterrichts auf den deutschen Schulen und Universitäten vom Ausgange des Mittelalters bis zur Gegenwart, mit besonderer Rücksicht auf den klassischen Unter richt. Leipzig: Veit & Co., xvi + 811 pp. 2nd rev. and enl. ed., 2 vols., ibid., 1896-97; vol.I, xxiv + 608 pp; vol.II, vi ¡ 726 pp., with a bibliography (II, 704-11), and an index of names (712-26), 3 rd ed., prepared by Rudolf Lehmann [b. 1855], vol.I (ibid., 1919), xxvii + 636 pp.; vol.II (Berlin & Leipzig: W. de Gruyter & Co., 1921), xii + 834 pp. The latter contains a bibliography of sources and secondary literature (II, 798-805) as well as indices of personal names of places of colleges, universities, etc., and of topics (806-20, 821-26, and 826-34, respectively). The period covered in these two volumes is 1450-1914; the period 1892-1914 is treated by the editor (II, 695-796). Similar to the works by Heeren 1822, Erhard 1827-32, and Michelsen 1837, Paulsen's study provides useful background material rather than an account of the history of classi cal philology; little, if anything, will be found on linguistics proper: Bopp, Schleicher, Curtius, and others are not even mentioned.

1887. Pott, August Friedrich [1802-87]. Zur Litteratur der Sprachenkunde Europas. (= Supplement to Internationale Zeitschrift für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, 1.) Leipzig: J.A. Barth, vi+ 193 pp. (Repr. Amster dam: J. Benjamins, 1973.) An ed. of his study, together with Pott's "Einleitung in die Allgemeine Sprach wissenschaft", Internationale Zeitschrift für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 1.1-68, 329-54 (1884); 2.54-115, 209-51 (1885); 3.110-26, 249-75 (1887); 4.67-96 (1889), and 5.3-18 (1890), with a preface, a bio-bibliographical statement, and an index of authors, has appeared (Amsterdam: J. Benjamins, 1974). Pott's work constitutes an invaluable source of information on western studies of languages, from the earliest beginnings to the 1880's. Besides, it documents the controversy between the neo-

8

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT grammarians and their opponents in the chap. "Curtius und die Junggrammatiker" (95-111). Index of authors (185-93).

1890-91. Steinthal, Heymann. Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft bei den Griechen und Römern, mit besonderer Rücksicht auf die Logik. 2nd rev. ed. 2 vols. Berlin: F. Dümmler. (Repr. Hildesheim: G. Olms, 1961; Bonn: F. Dümmler, 1970.) Cf. first ed. (1863). Vol.1 (1890), xvi + 374 pp.; vol.11 (1891), xii + 368 pp. Pagination of first ed. was added to vol.11, i.e., 364-712 of 1863 ed. parallel 1-374 of 1891 ed. Still today one of the most comprehensive treatments of the subject matter. Unfortunately, there is neither a bibliography nor an index.

1892. Froehde, Oskar [1868-1916]. Die Anfangsgründe der römischen Gram matik. Leipzig: . G. Teubner, [ν +] 141 pp. [+ 1 page of errata]. F. set out to improve on previous accounts, esp. those of Schmidt 1859 and Steinthal 1863, but in fact analyzes only particular aspects of Roman grammatical debate, e.g., 'de arte' (17-23), 'de grammatica' (23-32), 'de lectione' (32-34), 'de accentibus' (34-54), etc. It has neither a bibliography nor an index.

1892. Gudeman, Alfred [1862-1942]. Syllabus on the History of Classical Philology. Boston: Ginn & Co. Rev. ed., under the title of Outlines of the History of Classical Philology (ibid., 1894), vi+ 77 pp.; 3rd rev. ed., 1897, vi+ 81 pp. See Gudeman 1907, for details.

1893. Jeep, Ludwig [1846-1911 ]. Zur Geschichte der Lehre von den Redetheilen bei den lateinischen Grammatikern. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner, xvii + 316 pp. The analysis, based on Heinrich Keiľs (1822-94) Grammatica latini {Ibid., 1855-80), consists of two main parts: 1) "Einleitung" (1-101) which presents the authors, e.g., Charisius, Donatus, Marius Victorinus, and others, within their historical and intel lectual context, and 2) "Die Redetheile" (102-294) in which the various parts of speech are discussed. Index rerum (295-314); addenda & corrigenda (315-16).

1896-99. Brunot, Ferdinand (Eugène) [1860-1938]. 'La langue française'. Histoire de la langue et de la littérature française des origines à 1900 ed. by Louis de Julleville [1841-1900], l.i-lxxx; 2.446-553; 3.639-855; 4.674-790; 5.722-814; 6.819-92; 7.795-864, and 8.704-884. Paris: A. Co lin & Cie. Forerunner of Brunot 1905ff.; Brunot prepared the linguistic section of each of the 8 vols., from the medieval period to the end of the 19th century. Each section has a bibliography at the end of the account.

1900. Murray, (Sir) James Augustus (Henry) [1837-1915]. The Evolution of English Lexicography. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 51 pp. (Repr. College Park, Md.: McGrath, 1970.) An essay on the history leading to the creation of the Oxford English and subsequent lexicographical work.

Dictionary,

1901. Paul, Hermann [1846-1921]. "Geschichte der germanischen Philologie". Grundriss der germanischen Philologie ed. by H. Paul, vol.1, 2nd rev. ed.,


9

9-158. Strassburg: K.J. Trübner, xx+ 1621 pp. First ed. (1891) not seen by the compiler. A new ed., together with Siebs 1902, is preparation (Amsterdam: J. Benjamins). Until the appearance of Carlo Tagliavini's Storia della filologia germanica (Bologna: R. Patron, 1968) Paul's account had no serious competition in the field. Indeed, it still contains valuable information not to be found in Tagliavini.

1902. Siebs, Theodor [1862-1941]. "Die Entwicklung der germanistischen Wis senschaft im letzten Viertel des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts". Ergebnisse und Fortschritte der germanistischen Wissenschaft im letzten Viertel jahrhundert ed. by Richard Bethge, iii-lxxviii. Leipzig: O.R. Reisland, χ + 12 + lxxviii + 618 + 3 pp. This 75-page account, though mainly covering the period 1876-1901, presents earlier developments as well, esp. in the chap. "Vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft und Germanistik bis Scherer [1868]" (iv-xi). Except for the last two chaps. (1-lviii) devoted to literary matters, poetics and metrics, the article treats important theo retical issues such as the sound-law hypothesis (xi-xiii), the question of I.E. Ur sprache and the family tree (xiii-xvii), etc.

1902. Thomsen, Vilhelm (Ludvig Peter) [1842-1927]. Sprogvidenskabens historie: En kortfattet Fremstilling. Copenhagen: G.E.C. Gad, 87 pp. (Repr. in V.L.P. Thomsen, Samlede Afhandlinger, vol.I, 1-106 [Copen hagen & Oslo: Nordisk Forlag, 1919].) This succinct history of linguistics from the Greeks to the end of the 19th century was transl. into G. (1927), Russ. (1938), and Span. (1945). The Dan. original has bibliogr. footnotes but no index, yet the 1919-ed. has (105-06). For details, see Thomson 1927 in the second part of the present survey. (E. transl. in prep.)

1903. Couturat, Louis [1868-1914], and Léopold Leau [1868-193? ]. Histoire de la langue universelle. Paris: Hachette, xxx + 576 pp. (2nd printing, 1907.) This is the first comprehensive history of the universal language activities from the 16th century to the turn of this century. Couturat and Leau also published a 79-page extract (Paris: Brodard, 1907). Index of authors (571-74); bibliographical footnotes.

1903-06. Sandys, (Sir) John Edwin [1844-1922]. History of Classical Scholar ship. 3 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. (Repr. New York: Hafner, 1958.) Vol.I (1903; 2nd ed., 1906; 3rd ed., 1920), xxiv + 703 pp., subtitled "From the sixth century B.C. to the end of the middle ages"; vol.11 (1908), xxx + 498 pp., subtitled "From the revival of learning to the end of the eighteenth century (in Italy, France, England, and the Netherlands)"; vol.III (1908), xiv + 523 pp., subtitled "The eighteenth century in Germany, and the nineteenth century in Europe and the United States of America". An important, although not always very reliable, sourcebook, copious in its information and indices. It contains little on linguistics proper; note the brief chap., "Comparative Philologists" (vol.III, 205-11).

10


1904. Bulič, Sergej Konstantinovič [1859-1921]. Očerk istorii jazykoznanija v Rossii, Tome I: XIII v. - 1825 g. Supplemented by a transl. of B. Del brück, Vvedenie v izučenie jazyka, prepared by S.K. Bulič. St. Peters burg: M. Merkušev, xi + 1248 pp. Unfortunately, Bulič never wrote a sequel to this vol.: indeed, it ends where the history of linguistics becomes more significant. Pp. 1-148 constitute a transl. of Delbrück's Einleitung (1893[l880]); the index is on pp. 1229-31. At least B. inserted a few references to the work of Baudouin de Courtenay and Kruszewski published during the years 1881-95 (cf. p.117, note).

1904. Delbrück, Berthold. Einleitung in das Studium der indogermanischen Sprachen: Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte und Methodik der vergleichenden Sprachforschung. Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel, xv + 175 pp. Actually the 4th ed. of Delbrück 1880, however, according to Delbrück's own words, a new book (cf. "Vorrede", p.v). In fact, two entirely new chaps. were added, the first entitled "Das Altertum" (from Dionysius Thrax to Apollonius Dyscolus, 1-21), the second headed "Von den Römern bis zur klassischen Periode" (meaning the post-1816 developments in linguistics, 22-35). Moreover, D. devotes considerable space to the linguistic work of Humboldt (41-55) who was referred to merely in passing in the three previous editions of the book. There are indices of grammatical terms as well as authors (xi-xiii, and xiv-xv, respectively). The 5th ed. (1908), xvi + 173 pp., has only minor revisions. Again, the 6th ed. (1919) requires a separate entry, since substantial changes and additions were made.

1904. Gröber, (Max) Gustav [1844-1911]. "Geschichte der romanischen Philo logie". Grundriss der romanischen Philologie ed. by G. Gröber, vol.I, 2nd rev. ed., 1-185. Strassburg: K.J. Trübner, 1904-06, xii + 1093 pp. (New ed. Amsterdam: J. Benjamins [in preparation].) First ed. (1888) not seen by the compiler. Gröber subdivided his study into 5 major sections: 1) Medieval period, i.e., 13th-15th century (2-9); 2) 16th and 17th century (9-34); 3) 18th century until 1814 (35-66); 4) the period of "Herausbil dung der romanischen Philologie zum selbständigen Forschungsgebiet" - note my introductory statement about linguistics after Waterloo - (66-118), and 5) the period of consolidation, i.e., international agreement that Romance philology ought to combine all individual philologies, French, Italian, Spanish, etc. (66-118). Index of the whole vol. (1059-93)

1905ff. Brunot, Ferdinand. Histoire de la langue française des origines à 1900 [in the new ed.: à nos jours]. 13 vols. in 23. Paris: A. Colin, 1905-53. with the collaboration of Charles Bruneau [1883-1969], and others. New ed., ibid., 1966-72. Cf. also Brunot 1896-99. This voluminous enterprise covers the study of Fr.grammar and language from the medieval Latin period to the 20th century. It constitutes an invaluable sourcebook of French linguistic thought, with emphasis more on the stylis tic and literary rather than strictly linguistic ramifications of the matter.

1905. François, Alexis [1877-1958]. La grammaire du purisme et l'Académie


11

française au XVIIIe siècle: Introduction à l'étude des commentaires grammaticaux d'auteurs classiques. Thesis, Univ. of Paris. (Printed, Paris: Societé nouvelle de Libraire et d'Edition [G. Bellais], 1905), xv + 279 pp. (Repr. Geneva: Slatkine, 1973.) Study on 18th debates on the creation of stringent guides for the proper (literary) use of French. Bibliography (xi-xv); actual text (1-235), appendices (237 [239]-76). No index.

1906. Jellinek, Max Hermann [1868-1938]. "Zur Geschichte einiger gramma tischer Theorien und Begriffe". Indogermanische Forschungen 19.272-316. Surveys the concepts of main sentence vs. subordinate clause (272-95), and the concept of grammatical gender (295-316) from the Greeks down to the 19th centu ry. Cf. also Jellinek 1913-14.

1907. Gudeman, Alfred. Grundriss der klassischen Philologie. Leipzig & Berlin: B. G. Teubner, v + 224 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1909), vi + 260 pp. Much enlarged G. version of Gudeman 1892 (3rd ed., 1897; 3rd printing, 1902). After an Introduction (1-10), G. presents the history of classical philology from antiquity to the end of the 19th century (10-253). The book contains useful bio-bibliographical information, supplemented, to a certain extent, by the same author's 40-page Imagines philologorum: 160 Bildnisse aus der Zeit von der Renais sance bis zur Gegenwart (Ibid., 1911). Index of names (254-59); index of subjects (259-60).

1908. Kroll, Wilhelm [1869-1939]. Geschichte der klassischen Philologie. (Sammlung Göschen, 367.) Leipzig: G.J. Göschen, 152 pp. in-16°. (2nd rev. ed., Berlin & Leipzig: W. de Gruyter, 1919), 148 pp. in-16°. Span. transi., Historia de la filología clásica, by Pascual Galindo Romeo and Manuel Palomar Lapasa (Barcelona: Labor, n.d.[l928]). The study consists of 3 major parts: 1) Antiquity (5-66); 2) the Middle Ages (66-75), and 3) Renaissance to the end of the 19th century (75-147). Bibliography (147-49). Only few pages (127-30) are devoted to linguistics.

1908. Lambert, Charles [dates unknown]. La grammaire latine selon les grammairiens du IVe siècle et du Ve siècle. (= Revue bourguignonne, 18:1-2.) Dijon: Damidot frères & F. Rey; Paris: H. Champion, 236 pp. Based on Keil's Grammatici latini, Lambert analyses in particular the grammatical theories of Charsius, Diomedes, Donatus, and Priscian with regard to accentuation, punctuation, the parts of speech, syntax (especially with respect to case and mod ality), and other traditional subjects, such as styles, figures of speech, etc. No index or bibliography.

1908. Trabalza, Ciro [1871-1936]. Storia della grammatica italiana. Milan: U. Hoepli, xvi + 561 pp. (Repr. Bologna: A. Forni, 1963.) A detailed historical overview of the study of It. grammar from Dante to Croce. Introduction (1-9); main text (10-527); appendix (529[53l]-48). Index of authors (549[551]-61).

1909. Baudouin de Courtenay, Jan (Ignacy Niecisław) [1845-1929]. "Zarys

12


historii językoznawstwa czyli lingwistyki (glottologi)", Poradnik dla samouków wskazówki metodyczne dla studiujacych poszcze gólne nauki, Series III: 2, fasc. 2.35-302. (Warsaw: A. Heflich & S. Michalski). Also separately published. Not seen by the compiler. Obviously a much larger account than this essay of 1900, "Językoznawstwo czyli lingwistyka w wieku XIX", repr. in Baudouin's Zskice języ koznawcze (Warsaw: P. Laskauer, 1904), 1-23; E. transi, in A Baudouin de Courtenay Anthology ed. by Edward Stankiewicz (Bloomington & London: Indiana Univ. Press, 1972), 237-54 (slightly shortened).

1909. Manz, Georg (Joseph Hermann) [1879-? ].Das Verbum nach den franzö sischen Grammatiken von 1500-1 750 zusammengestellt Halle/S.: M. Nie meyer, ix + 208 pp. More a systematic than a historical study, based on the literature recorded in Edmund Stengel [1845-1935], Chronologische Verzeichnis französischer Gramma tiken vom Ende des 14. bis zum Ausgang des 18. Jahrhunderts (Oppeln: Franck, 1890). Index of authors and sources (201-03); subject index (204-06).

1909. Rotta, Paolo [1873-? ]. La filosofia del linguaggio nella Patristica e nella Scolastica Turin: Fratelli Bocca, xv + 248 pp. in-160. [+ 1 page of errata]. The study consists of three main sections: 1) "La speculazione del linguaggio nella filosofia greca" (3-64) - not indicated in the title of the book but motivated by the subject matter; 2) "La filosofia del linguaggio nella Patristica" (67-118), and 3) "La filosofia del linguaggio nella scolastica" (121-244). Neither bibliography (except for bibliographical footnotes), nor index.

1909. Streitberg, Wilhelm (August) [1864-1925]. "Kant und die Sprachwissen schaft: Eine historische Skizze". Indogermanische Forschungen 26.382-422. Contents: I. "Kants Einfluss im allgemeinen" (382-408); II. "Kant und Wilhelm von Humboldt": 1) "Kants Seelenbegriff und Humboldts Sprachbegriff" (408-15); 2) "Kant und die Ideen der Sprachentwicklung bei Humboldt" (415-22).

1910. Porzeziński, Wiktor (Jan) [1870-1929]. "Hauptmomente der Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft".Einleitung in die Sprachwissenschaft by Viktor Porzeziński, transl. from the Russ. by Erich Boehme [1879-1937?], 8-39. Leipzig & Berlin: B. G. Teubner, ii + 229 pp. A brief survey of the development of linguistics from the Greeks to the turn of this century, a typical example of the 'histories' found in many subsequent linguistics books, e.g., Bloomfield (1933), Gray (1939), Hughes (1962), etc. Two statements deserve special mention: 1) P. refers to the work of the Moscow, Kazan, and Petersburg schools; 2) he praises Saussure's Mémoire as one of the most talented linguistic works of all times (p. 38).

1911. Inama, Vigilio [1835-192? ]. Filologia classica greca e latina. 2nd rev. and enl. ed. Milan: U. Hoepli, xvi + 222 pp. in-16 First ed. not seen by the compiler. Contains only a brief chap. entitled "Storia della filologia" (212-22), but information can be gleaned in other parts of the book, e.g.,


13

"Filologia" (1-27), "Discipline filologiche fondamentali (grammatica - stilistica ... - storia della lingua)" (92-128), etc. No index.

1911. Peck, Harry Thurston [1856-1914]. A History of Classical Philology from the Seventh Century B.C. to the Twentieth Century A.D. New York: Macmillan, xi + 491 pp. A popular history of classical philology beginning with the "Genesis of Philological Studies" (5-27), and ending with the "Cosmopolitan Period" at the end of the 19th and the turn of this century (456-58). "Selected bibliographical index" (461-76); "General index" (477-91).

1912. Leser, Ernst [1888-? ]. Geschichte der grammatischen Terminologie im 17. Jahrhundert. Diss., Univ. of Freiburg i. Br. (Printed, Lahr in Baden: M. Schauenburg, 1912), 83 pp. Includes brief discussion of earlier periods, e.g., the 14th and 15th centuries (10-14), and the 16th century (15-21). Bibliographical note (*81), and vita (*83, not paginated). Cf. also the same author's study, "Fachwörter zur deutschen Gram matik von Schottel bis Gottsched, 1641-1749", Zeitschrift für deutsche Wortfor schung 15.1-98 (1914).

1912. Meillet, Antoine (Paul Jules) [1866-1936]. "Aperçu du développement de la grammaire comparée". Introduction à ľétude comparative des langues indo-européennes by A. Meillet, 3rd rev. and enl. ed., 439-73. Paris: Hachette, xxvi + 502 pp. "Notes bibliographiques" (474-93). Note that the "Aperçu" of the 1912 ed. is almost completely identical with the one in the 7th ed. (Ibid., 1937; repr. Universi ty, Ala.: Univ. of Alabama Press, 1964), prepared by Emile Benveniste [1902-75], pp. 453-83, except for the insertion of a reference to the Cours (p. 479), and an enlarged paragraph at p. 482.

1913-14. Jellinek, Max Hermann. Geschichte der neuhochdeutschen Gramma tik von den Anfängen bis auf Adelung. 2 parts. Heidelberg: C. Winter. (Repr., 1968.) Cf. Jellinek 1906. Vol.1 (1913), viii + 392 pp. (Bibliogr., 1-19; Index, 386-92), is essentially historical, giving a survey of the study of German from the first known account (1451) to the death of Johann Christoph Adelung (1806); the 2nd vol. (1914), xii + 504 (Index, 489-503), is a systematic presentation and discussion of phonology, orthography, the parts of speech, morphology, and syntax.

1914. Sabbadini, Remigio [1850-1934]. Storia e critica di testi latini: Cicerone - Donato - Tacito - Celso - Plauto - Plinio - Livio e Sallustio. Catania: F. Battiato, x + 458 pp. (2nd ed., with a bibliography of S's writings, and indices comp. by Eugenio and Myriam Billanovich. Padua: Anteno re, 1971, xli + 344 pp.) Original ed. not seen by the compiler. The work constitutes a study of classical scholarship rather than a history of classical philology. The new index of names (331-39) and the index of MSS (340-44) have added to the value of the work as a critical sourcebook.

1915.Grégoire, Antoine (1871-1955). "Esquisse de l'histoire de la Unguis-

14


tique". Petit traité de linguistique by A. Grégoire, 119-30. Paris: E. Champion; Liège: H. Dessain, 150pp. in-16°. As has been typical for historians of linguistics, at least since Benfey 1869, G. dis tinguishes between two major stages in the development, pre-19th-century linguistic work (119-22) which was also pre-scientific, and 19th and 20th century linguistic science (123-30), to which he devotes most of his attention. Cf. the review by Maurice Grammont (1866-1946) in RLaR 60.436-40 (1918[l920]), esp. 439-40. The essentials of this account were incorporated in Grégoire's La Linguistique, 6th rev. ed. (Paris: Delagrave, 1948), 167-77, with additions covering the development until the late 1930s (177-84).

19.15. Sandys, (Sir) John Edwin. A Short History of Classical Scholarship from the Sixth Century B.C. to the Present Day. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, xv + 455 pp. A study based on Sandys 1903-08 (see above). Contains a detailed index (435-55).

1915. Streitberg, Wilhelm. "Zur Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft". Indoger manische Forschungen 35.182-96. Cf. also Streitberg 1909 (above). S wrote a number of essays treating aspects of the history of Hnguistics. This one consists of 4 chaps.: 1) "Persisch und Deutsch"; 2) "Der Wandsbecker Bote als Sanskritist"; 3) "Agglutination", and 4) "Lachmanns Gesetz". See also Streitberg 1916ff. (pp. 16-17, below).


Part II: 1916-61

Largely as a result of Chomsky's presentation at the Ninth International Congress of Linguists in 1962, there has been a considerable increase in studies devoted to the history of linguistics. Because of this apparent boost in pro duction, but also because of the unevenness of its quality, it appears desirable to devote the third and last portion of the present bibliographical account to the brief but significant time span of ten years (1962-72) exclusively and somewhat more attentively. In effect, it is my intention to add references to reviews of the entries in the third and last instalment since a number of them clearly reflect the divergent views taken by linguists on matters concerning past events in the discipline and also because they often contain opinions on how the history of linguistic thought ought to be presented. It appears that until 1962 work in this area was performed only by a small though enduring group of scholars, most of whom were concerned either with the promotion of a particular mode of linguistic thinking or with the conserva tion of the essential unity of the discipline as a whole. Undoubtedly, the increased specialization and compartmentalization of linguistics in our century must have appeared to many a scholar as a threat to the unity of the field, especially since the Saussurean dichotomy of synchrony and diachrony was interpreted in certain quarters to mean that the historical aspect of linguistic study could be ignored entirely without harm to the discipline as such. It is true that recent years have witnessed a revival of interest in historical linguis tics, though at times in contrast to the commitments of the prevailing 'para digm' which seems to have tried to neutralize the Saussurean distinction, per haps in an attempt to correct the consequences of previous misconceptions,

16


though not always with the appropriate means. This portion of the bibliography follows the same principles as those adop ted in part one. This means, for example, that recent studies devoted to the work of an individual scholar will not be included, unless they contain the presentation of an important tradition of linguistic thought covering many decades if not centuries. As a consequence, a number of the more than 200 items listed in my Bibliographia Saussureana, 1870-1970 [Metuchen N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1972], pp.356-93, will not appear in the present account but may be consulted there. 1916. Pedersen, Holger (1867-1953). Et Blik paa Sprogvidenskabens Historie, med saerligt Hensyn til det historiske Studium av Sprogets Lyd. (= Fest skrift udg. af Københavns Univ. i Anledning af Univ. Aarsfest, 1916.) Copenhagen: Univ. Bogtrykkeriet (J. H. Schultz), [5-] 77 pp. After some general statements about the study of language (7-19) and an excourse on various writing systems (19-34), a survey of the history of IE linguistics from the Renaissance to the beginning of the 20th century is given, with emphasis on the beginning of comparative linguistics (39-58), represented by Gyarmathi, Rask, Βοpp, and Grimm, There is no bibliography and no index. An E. transl. by Caroline C. and Peter A. Hendriksen is to appear (Amsterdam: Benjamins, 1979).

1916-36. Streitberg, Wilhelm (August, 1864-1925), ed. Geschichte der indoger manischen Sprachwissenschaft seit ihrer Gründung durch Franz Bopp. 5 vols, in 9 parts. Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, later on Berlin & Leipzig: W. de Gruyter. The series remained unfinished; the part Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft never appeared. Of the other part entitled Die Erforschung der indogermanischen Sprachen, the following volumes were published: I (1916, viii + 312 pp), Die griechische Sprache (1-126), by Albert Thumb (1865-1915); Die italischen Sprachen (127-230), by Alois Walde (1869-1924); Vulgärlatein (231-80), by Karl von Ettmayer (1874-1938), and Die keltischen Sprachen (281-305), by Rudolf Thurneysen (1857-1940); 'Gelehrtenverzeichnis" (306-12); 11:1+2 (1927-36, viii + 455 pp.), Germanisch: Allgemeiner Theil und Lautlehre by Wilhelm Streitberg and, after his death, completed by Victor Michels (1866-1929), with the assistance of Max-Hermann Jellinek (1868-1938); III (1917, v + 154 pp.), Slavisch-Litauisch (1-107), by Aleksander Bruckner (1856-1939); Albanisch (109-51), by Norbert Jokl (1877-1942), and index of authors (152-54); IV:1 (1929, x + 112 pp.), Indisch by Walter Wust :(b.l901); IV:2 (1927, iv + 104 pp.), Iranisch (1-84), by Hans Reichelt (1877-1939), and Armenisch (85-104), by Heinrich Zeller (no dates); no index; V:l (1931, 78 pp.), Hethitisch und 'kleinasiatische' Sprachen by Johannes Friedrich (1893-1972); index of authors (77-78); V:2 (1935, vi + 49 pp.), Tocharisch by Ernst Schwentner (b.1890); index of authors (p.49); V:4 (1931, 81 pp.),

ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY II

17

Etruskisch by Eva Fiesel (1891-1937); bibliography (69-79), and index of authors (80-81). The vols. may still be useful for the more linguistie aspects of the history of IE linguistics but do not constitute actual histories in themselves.

1917-21. Windisch, Ernst (Wilhelm Oskar, 1844-1918). Geschichte der Sans krit-Philologie und indischen Altertumskunde, 2 parts. Strassburg: K. J. Trubner, later on Berlin: W. de Gruyter, vii + 460 pp. in all. (New ed., Amsterdam: J. Benjamins [in prep.].) Supplement-vol.: Philologie und Altertumskunde in Indien (Leipzig: F. A. Brock haus, 1921; repr. Liechtenstein: Kraus, 1966), 38 pp. Still the standard work in the field. From the 'discovery' of Sanskrit until 1918.

1921. Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, (Emmo Friedrich Wichard) Ulrich von (1848-1931). Geschichte der Philologie. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner, 80 pp. (3rd ed., 1927; new ed., with a preface [p.iii] by Günther Klaffenbach, and an index of authors [81-82]. Ibid., 1959.) A brief survey of the history of (classical) philology from the Renaissance to the turn of this century; no bibliographical references whatever (including footnotes!) .

1921. Winkel, Elisabeth (1890-?). La Grammaire Générale et Raisonnêe de Port-Royal. Diss., Univ. of Bonn. Unpublished; abstract printed at Zweibrucker Druckerei [in Zweibrucken? ] in 1921, 8 pp. According to the summary (pp. 3-7), the study analyzes the grammati cal, philosophical, and pedagogical aspects of the Port-Royal grammar of Arnauld and Lancelot (1660) and its aftermath in 18th-century linguistic thought in France.

1922. Jespersen, (Jens) Otto (Harry, 1860-1943). "History of Linguistic Science". Language: Its nature, development and origin by O. Jespersen, 19-99. London: Macmillan, 448 pp. (New ed. New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 1964.) Gives a useful survey of (mainly 19th century) developments in linguistics; in particular, J. devotes ample space to scholars usually overlooked in the 'standard' histories of linguistics, e.g., Jakob Hornemann Bredsdorff (70-71), Daniel Jenisch (29-31), Karl Moritz Rapp (68-70), and others.

1923. Cassirer, Ernst (1874-1945). "Das Sprachproblem in der Geschichte der Philosophie". Philosophie der symbolischen Formen by E. Cassirer, Part I: Die Sprache, 55-121: Berlin: B. Cassirer, xii + 293pp. (6th ed., Darm stadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1973.)

18

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT The chap, contains a survey of 19th-century linguistic developments (though it begins with the philosophies of Descartes and Leibniz), in particular of Humboldt (98-106), Schleicher (106-12), and subsequent stages until the turn of this century (112-21). E. transi., ' T h e Problem of Language in the History of Philosophy", Philosophy of Symbolic Forms by E. Cassirer, transl. by Ralph Manheim, vol.1, 117-76. New Haven, Conn.: Yale Univ. Press, 195 3, xiv + 328 pp.

1924. Pedersen, Holger. Sprogvidenskaben i det nittende Aarhundrede: Metoder og Resultater. (= Det nittende Aarhundrede; Skildret af nor diske Videnskabsmaend, 15.) Copenhagen: Gyldendal, Nordisk Forlag, [vi +] 311 pp. in small 4°, with many photographs and other portraits of linguists. The vol. was the basis for Pedersen 1931 ; it contains neither a bibliography nor an index of names. For details, see the latter item. Cf. also Pedersen 1916.

1925. Lollesgaard, Johannes (1877-? ). Sprogfilosoferen og Sprogforsken і Danmark ved det 18. Aarhundredes Midte. Copenhagen: P. Haase & Sons, 127 pp. Not seen by the compiler; obviously, the study is fairly limited in scope.

1927-29. Melin, Olof Werling. Stenografiens historia. 2 vols. Stockholm: Nordiska Bokhandeln. This history of shorthand writing and related inventions surveys the development from antiquity to modern .times. Vol.1, 461 pp., begins, after a general introd. (11-16), with Greece (17-25), and Rome (26-48), and covers England (57-312!), North America (313-37), and brance (338-457); index of authors (458-61); vol.11, 613 (+ 1 page of errata), treats Germany (11-298), Sweden (299-440), Norway (441-53), Denmark (454-94), Finland (495-507), other European (508-43) and non-Kuropean countries and aspects (544-606); index of authors (608-13).

1927. Porzeziński, Wiktor (Jan, 1870-1929). "Die allgemeine Sprachwissen schaft in Polen seit 1868". Biuletyn Polskiego Towarzystwa Językoz nawczego 1.47-79 (Warsaw). A brief but informative account relating Polish linguistic scholarship of more than half a century; for accounts on Jan Baudouin de Courtenay (1845-1929), and Mikołaj Kruszewski (1851-87), see pp.47-51, 71-74, and 51-53, respectively.

1927. Thomsen, Vilhelm (1842-1927). Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft bis zum Ausgang des 19. Jahrhunderts: Kurzgefasste Darstellung der Haupt punkte. Transl. from the Danish by Hans Pollak. Halle/S.: M. Niemeyer, 101 pp.


19

Rev. G. version of Thomsen 1902, with a name index (100-01). This volume has been more frequently consulted than the original and the following translations: Istorija jazykovedenija do konca XIX veka ed. by Rozalija Osipovna Šor (1894-1939), Moscow: Gos. učeb.-ped. izd. narkomprosa RSFSR, 1938, 160 pp., and Historia de la lingüística transi., with a preface and an epilogue, by Javier de Echave-Sustaeta, Barcelona: Ed. Labor, 1945. - A survey of western linguistic studies from the early beginnings to 1900; bibliographical footnotes. No chapters. An E. transl. is in preparation (Amsterdam: J. Benjamins.)

1928. Harnois, Guy. Les theories du langage en France de 1660 à 1821. Paris: Societé d'édition "Les belles lettres", n.d., 95 pp. Surveys linguistic ideas in France from the first publication of the Port-Royal grammar (1660) to the appearance of Raynouard's Grammaire comparée des lan gues de l'Europe latine (1 821 ), which in H.'s view marks the beginning of linguistics as a science in that country (cf. p.l3). The six chaps. are entitled: 1) "Raisons des dateschoisies(1660-1821)"(13-18);2)"Port-Royal" (19-28); 3) "Les continuateurs de Port-Royal" (29-42); 4) "Les grammairiens empiristes' 1 (43-67); 5) "Les indé pendants" (68-81), and "Le sanskrit. Les romanistes" (82-90). The study concludes with a bibliography (91-95), which makes special mention of Gunvor Sahlin's Cesar Chesneau du Marsais et son rôle dans l'évolution de la grammaire generale (Paris: Presses Univ. de France, 1928), a book excluded from the present survey.

1930. Pagliaro, Antonino (1898-1973). Sommano di linguistica arìoeuropea. Part I: Cenni storici e questioni teoriche. Rome: "L'Universale" Tipo grafia Poliglotta, 196pp. The study consists of four chaps., each subdivided into small paragraphs; only the first two are historical in nature. Chap. I, "Teoria della lingua e 'ars grammatica"'' (11-40), begins with Plato's Cratylus and ends with speculations about normative grammar; chap. II, "Origine e sviluppo della grammatica storica" (41-96), surveys linguistic ideas from Vico to Vossler, including a statement entitled "Linguistica e sociologia (De Saussure)" (85-89). Index of names (191-96).

1930. Zeller, Hugo (b. 1900). Die Grammatik in der grossen französischen En zyklopädie. Diss., Heidelberg Univ.(Printed, Weisswasser, Upper Lusatia: E. Hampel,n.d. [1931]), 61 pp. Presents post-1660 developments in French grammatical debate, devoting particular chaps, to Beauzée (17-32), and Du maršais (32-37), in addition to those devoted to special topics, namely, the theories of the origin of language (37-41), etymology (41-50), the questions of '(bon) usage' and 'raison' in the French language of the 17th and 18th centuries (50-56), and those of orthography and spelling reform (56-59). Bibliography (p.7); curriculum vitae (p.61).

20


1931. Pedersen, Holger. Linguistic Science in the Nineteenth Century. Transl. from the Danish by John Webster Spargo. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. Press, [vi +] 360 pp. (Repr., under the title The Discovery of Language, Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press, 1962; 5th printing, 1972.) Cf. Pedersen 1924. This study has been the most influential history of linguistics among North-American scholars at least. Owing to the indices (343-60) added by Spargo and the retension of the portraits of linguists of the original, the book still serves as a good source of information about 19th-century linguistic scholarship. Following the model of Delbrück: 1880, earlier stages in the discipline are surveyed very briefly (1-11). The 'data-orientation' and other biases of the author become obvious if one notes the exclusion of scholars who worked in the field of non-IndoEuropean linguistics or of studies devoted to general linguistic problems, including H. Paul's Prinzipien der Sprachgeschichte (Halle/S.: M. Niemeyer, 1880; 5th ed., 1920)!

1931. Winkler, Christian (b.1904). Elemente der Rede: Die Geschichte ihrer Theorie in Deutschland von 1750 bis 1850. (= Bausteine zur Geschichte der deutschen Literatur, 32.) Halle/S.: M. Niemeyer, x + 203 pp. Diss., Univ. of Erlangen. Discussion of the theories of parts of speech of one century in German literary debate. Bibliography (169-98).

1931. Kukenheim, Louis. Contribution à l'histoire de la grammaire italienne, espagnole et française à l'époque de la Renaissance. Thesis, Univ. of Amsterdam. (Printed, Amsterdam: Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers-Maatschappij, 1932), xii + 232 pp. In five chaps., the author presents a comparative study of the grammatical works in Italy, Spain, and France in the 15th and 16th centuries, beginning with a chap. mainly treating the doctrines of orthography and pronunciation (11-85), and ending with one on national sentiment and grammar (198-213). Bibliography (218-32). Cf. also Kukenheim (1951) below.

1932. Iordan, Iorgu (b.1888). Introducere în studiul limbilor romanice: Evolu ţia şi starea actuală a lingvisticei romanice. J assy, Rumania: Ed. inst, de filologie romîna, 480 pp. Bibliography (449-60); index (461-80). For details, see Iordan 1937; rev. ed. of Rum. original appeared in 1962 (see below).

1933. Millet, Adrien. Les grammairiens et la phonétique; ou, l'Enseignement des sons du français depuis le XVIe siècle jusqu'à nos jours. Paris: J. Monnier, 197 pp.


21

A survey of phonetic analyses of French from Silvius, Meigret, and others in the 16th century to Passy, Rousselot, Roudet, and Grammont at the beginning of the 20th century. Bibliographical footnotes; no index.

1936. Zwirner, Eberhard, and Kurt Zwirner. "Bemerkungen zur Geschichte der Phonetik". Grundfragen der Phonometrie by E. and K. Zwirner, 6-59. Berlin: Metten & Co., xi + 140 pp. (2nd rev. and enl. ed., Basel & New York: S. Karger, 1966), 218 pp. Account not seen by the compiler; this portion of the volume has been enlarged considerably in the 2nd ed. (1966:17-110), to which the reader is referred.

1937. Iordan, Iorgu. An Introduction to Romance Linguistics, its schools and scholars. Transi., revised, and in parts recast by John Orr (1885-1966). London: Methuen, xi + 403 pp. (2nd ed., with a supplement by Rebecca Posner, Oxford: B. Blackwell, 1970), xi + 593 pp. The study consists of four major chapters, each containing various subsections: 1) "Romance Studies before 1900 [From Dante until the turn of this century]" (1-85); 2) "The Idealistic or Aesthetic School of K. Vossler" (86-143); 3) "Linguistic Geography" (144-278), and 4) "The French School [including the 'Geneva school' and Saussure]" (279-82). Conclusion (383-90); indices (391-403). The book con tains many useful bibliographical footnotes and references within the text. For the new ed., see Posner 1970. (The original has not been revised, contrary to the editor's claim!)

1938. Šor, Rozalija Osipovna (or Iosifovna, 1894-1939). Kratki] ocerk istorii lingvisticeskix učenij s epoxi Vozroždenija do konca XIX veka [A brief sketch of the history of linguistics from the Renaissance to the end of the 19th century]. Moscow: Gos. učeb.-ped. izd. narkomprosa RSFSR. Study mentioned in Kacneľson 1941:71; compiler has been unable to trace a location. Possibly, the account was prompted by Sor's edition of the Russ. transl. of Thomsen 1902 (cf. Thomsen 1927, commentary), and it is conceivable that it was published together with the latter.

1939. Gray, Louis H(erbert, 1875-1955). "The History of the Study of Lan guage". Foundations of Language by L. H. Gray, 419-60. New York: Mac millan, xiv + 530 pp. (Repr., "with additions and corrections" [531-46], 1950; 3rd printing, 1960.) A somewhat more detailed account than the one in Leonard Bloomfield, Language (New York: H. Holt, 1933), 3-20, but hardly less biased. For a similar survey, see Hughes 1962.

22


1941. Kacneľson, S[olomon] D[avidovič]. "Istorija jazykoznanija". Kratkij očerk jazy koznanija [Precis of linguistic science] by S. D. Kacneľson, 52-71. Leningrad: Izd. Leningradskogo gosud. Univ., 72 pp. A brief survey of western linguistics from antiquity until the 1930's in Russia; after a chap. entitled "The crisis of comparative-historical linguistics" (66-68), a short statement on "Marxistic-Leninistic linguistics" (68-69) concludes the account. Bibliography (70-71).

1941. Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio (1878-1966). Geschichtszahlen der Phonetik: 3000 Jahre Phonetik. Hamburg: Hansischer Gildenverlag, 86 pp. in-4° . A chronological survey of phonetic investigations from the earliest references in the literature of the Ancient Egyptians, the Bible, and the Greeks until the end of World War I. Bibliography (85-86). The previous year, P.-C. had published a Quel lenatlas zur Geschichte der Phonetik (Hamburg, 1940). New ed. of both books in one vol., with an introd. by Jens-Peter Köster (Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1979).

1942. Machado, José Pedro. Breve historia da linguistica. (= Cadernos culturios "Inquérito", 72.) Lisbon: Ed. Inquérito, n.d., 127 pp. (2nd ed., n.d.[1965]). This brief account consists of four major chaps., beginning with an overview of linguistic ideas from Herodot (! ) to the end of the 18th century (9-48); chap. II treats the 'discovery' of Sanskrit (Sassetti, William Jones) and the inception of the comparative method with F. Schlegel (49-73); chap.III surveys the development of the comparative method from Bopp to Bloomfield (75-92); the book concludes with a chap. on 'modern schools' (93-124), and a bibliographical note (p. 125). The book contains nothing which could not be found in Benfey 1869, Delbrück 1880 (5th ed., 1919), Jespersen 1922, and lordan 1937. Index (p.127).

1944. Tovar, Antonio. Lingüística y filología clásica: Su situación actual (=Colección Hesterna Hodierna; la herencia cientifica del siglo XIX y nosotros.) Madrid: Revista de Occidente, 159 + 3 pp. in-16°. Survey of the development of classical philology and (later on) linguistics: 1) "La tradición: Creación de la filología clásica actual (9-36); 2) "La filología clásica del siglo XIX" (37-66); "Aparición de la lingüistica: Sus ramas" (67-86):4) "Las gran des corrientes teóricas en la filología y la lingüistica" (87-112), and 5) "Filología e historia: Tendencias más recientes" (113-54). Index of authors (155-59); index of abbreviations (*161).

1945. Cassirer, Ernst. "Structuralism in Modern Linguistics". Word 1.97-120; repr. in Readings in Modern Linguistics: An anthology ed. by Bertil Malmberg, 78-96. Stockholm: Läromedelsforlagen; The Hague: Mouton, 1972, [vii+] 384 pp.


23

This insightful article traces the origin of the structural concept of language back to ideas and methods developed by botany, comparative anatomy, and other natural sciences of the 18th and early 19th centuries.

1945. Draganu, Nicolae (1884-1939). Istoria sintaxei. Bucharest: Inst. de lin gvistica română, 335 pp. An overview of western studies of syntax from antiquity to 1920; for details, see Draganu 1970 (i.e., It. transi.). The following periods are distinguished: 1) Greece and Rome (9-15); 2) Sanctius to Herder (16-22); 3) F. Schlegel to Meyer-Lubke (23-56); 4) Wundt to Meringer (57-96), and 5) Vossler to Sapir (97-262). The most useful portion of the volume is the bibliography (263-332). There is no index. Cf. also the detailed review by Gordon Myron Messing in Language 23.287-94 (1947).

1945. Lane, George S[herman]. "Changes of Emphasis in Linguistics with Particular Reference to Paul and Bloomfield". Studies in Philology 42.465-83. This article is an interesting document of the attitudes toward certain 19th-century linguistic ideas, including those of Humboldt (cf. p.468), held by post-Bloomfieldian descriptivists during the 1940's and 1950's. Cf. George L[eonard] Trager's rejoinder in Studies in Philology 43.461-64 (1946).

1945. Van Hamel, Anton Gerardus (d. 1945). Geschiedenis der Taalwetenschap. (= Encyclopaedie in Monografieën; Afd. Taalwetenschap, 43.) The Hague: Servire, 94 pp. in-16º. After an introd. (5-12), chaps. are devoted to antiquity (13-27), the period from the middle ages until 1800 (28-37), the 19th (38-62), and 20th (63-88) centuries. Bibliography (89-90); index (91-94).

1947. Glinz, Hans (b. 1913). Geschichte und Kritik der Lehre von den Satzglie dern in der deutschen Grammatik. Diss., Univ. of Zürich. (Printed, Bern: A. Francke, 1947),83 pp. A critical account of earlier periods in German grammatical debate, in particular the 19th century tradition established by Karl Ferdinand Becker (1775-1849).

1948. Abercrombie, David. "Forgotten Phoneticians". Transactions of the Phi lological Society 1948.1-34; repr. in Studies in Phonetics and Linguistics by D. Abercrombie, 45-75. London: Oxford Univ. Press, 1965. This influential article revived the interest in earlier British phoneticians of the 1 7th and 18th centuries, e.g., Francis Lodwick, Fdward Search, William Johnston, James Buchanan, and others, including writings of anonymous scholars.

24


1948. Poldauf, Ivan (b.1905). On the History of Some Problems of English Grammar before 1800. Prague: Nákl. Filosofické Fakulty Univ. Karlovy, 322 pp.+ facsimiles. The study consists of two main parts, "English Grammars before 1800" (45-147), beginning with Bullokar's Bref Grammar of English (1586), and ending with Mer cy's Short Introduction to English Grammar (1799) - cf. the chronological listing on pp.21-39 -, and "Some Problems of English Grammar" (151-311) which deals with questions pertaining to the parts of speech and grammatical categories. Index of names (313-20); subject index (321-22).

1948. Specht, Franz (1888-1949). "Die'indogermanische'Sprachwissenschaft von den Junggrammatikern bis zum ersten Weltkrieg". L exis 1.229-63. An account of the development of Indo-European linguistics from the 1870's until 1916; this article has been supplemented by Strunk 1965 and Putschke 1969.

1949. Bolelli, Tristano (b. 1913). Tra storia e linguaggio. Arona: Paideia, 101 pp. This book discusses, in seven chaps., particular issues in general linguistics rather than presenting a survey of 20th-century linguistic trends, an approach similar to Catalan Menendez-Pidal 1955 and Devoto 1951 (mentioned in the comment to the former book). Index of names (99-100).

1949. Firth, John Rupert (1890-1960). "Atlantic Linguistics". Archivum Linguisticum 1.95-116; repr. in Papers in Linguistics, 1934-1951 by J. R. Firth, 156-72. London: Oxford Univ. Press, 1957 (repr., 1969), x + 233 pp. A survey of linguistic studies in Britain and North America from the early begin nings to the mid-20th century.

1949. Găzdaru, Demetrio (b. 1897). "La controversia sobre las leyes fonéticas en el epistolario de los principales lingüistas del siglo XIX". Anales de filología clasica 4.211-328 (Buenos Aires: Univ. de Buenos Aires, Faculdad de Humanidades.) Repr. in Găzdaru 1967:13-143; for details, see there.

1949. Terracini, Benvenuto Aron (1886-1968). Guida allo studio della linguis tica storica, Part I: Profilo storico-critico. (= Studi e guide di filologia e linguistica, 1.) Rome: Ed. dell'Ateneo, 273 pp. + 1 p.


25

After a general introduction (7-45), with annotations (47-48), and a bibliography (49-57) -- a principle of structuring has been followed throughout the whole study individual chaps. treat the following topics and scholars: "Le basi del metodo com parativo: Bopp" (61-68; 69; 71-72, respectively); "Le origini della linguistica genera le: Whitney" (73-110; 111-15, 117-21): "La paleontologia linguistica: Ascoli" (123-42; 143; 145-147); "I limiti del metodo comparativo: Meyer-Lübke e Meillet" (149-75; 177-79; 181-84); "La geografia linguistica: Gilliéron" (185-98; 199-200; 201-03); "La critica del metodo comparativo: Schuchardt" (205-23; 225-29; 231-33). 2 chaps. are devoted to lesser known Italian scholars (237-63). Index of subjects (267-70); index of authors (271-73).

1949. Weisweiler, Josef. "Die indogermanische Sprachwissenschaft: Eine gei stesgeschichtliche Studie". Historisches Jahrbuch 69.464-90. A very insightful analysis of the development of historical-comparative IndoEuropean linguistics (1816-1936), in particular its intellectual background, inclu ding that of its main protagonists.

1950. Carroll, John B(issell, b.1916). A Survey of Linguistics and Related Disciplines: A report prepared at the request of the Carnegie Corpora tion of New York. Cambridge, Mass.: no pub., xii + 143 pp. Preliminary version of Carroll 1 95 3; see below for details.

1950. Matthews, W(illiam) K(leesmann, d.1958). "The Soviet Contribution to Linguistic Thought". Archivum Linguisticum 2.1-23, 97-121. Surveys Russ. linguistic work from 1917 until the late 1940's, summing up Soviet contributions (110ff.)· On Marr (13-23); part II mainly on Meščaninov.

1950. Pop, Sever (1901-61). La dialectologie: Aperçu historique des méthodes d'enquêtes linguistiques. 2 vols. [paged consecutively]. Louvain: chez l'auteur (Printed, Gembloux: J. Duculot, n.d.), lv + 1344 + iv pp. + maps and tables. Contains much valuable information pertaining to the history of dialect study; see especially the "aperçu historique sur le développement de la dialectologie" (xxiii-lv), and the chronological tables of publications and projects in this area (1179-1197). Table of contents (1315-34!). Index nominum (1203-30); index rerum (1239-1314).

1951 .Kukenheim, Louis (1905-72). Contributions à L'histoire de la grammaire grecque, latine et hébraïque à l'époque de la Renaissance. Leiden: E. J. Brill, x + 144 pp.

26

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT The study covers the period of the early 14th century till 1540; emphasis is placed on the study of grammar: Greek (7-45), Latin (46-87), and Hebrew (88-129); general conclusion (130-33), with chronological tables (134-41), and a brief biblio graphy (142-43). No index.

1951. Robins, R(obert) H(enry, b.1921). Ancient and Mediaeval Grammatical Theory in Europe; with particular reference to modern linguistic doc trine. London: G. Bell & Sons, vii + 104 pp. (Repr. Port Washington, N.Y. & London: Kennikat Press, 1971). The study attempts to relate classical and medieval linguistic ideas to post-Saussurean theories. It consists of four chaps.: 1) "Grammatical Theory among the Greeks" (1-47); 2) "Grammatical Theory among the Romans" (48-68); 3) "Mediae val Grammatical Theory" (69-90), and 4) "Conclusion" (91-99). Select biblio graphy (100-01); index (103-04).

1951. Verburg, Pieter Adrianus. Taal en functionalit eit: Een historisch-critische studie over de opvattingen aangaande de functies der taal vanaf de praehumanistische philologie van Orleans tot de rationalistische linguistik van Bopp. Diss., Vrije Univ. van Amsterdam. (Printed, Wageningen: H. Veenman & Zonen, 1952), xvi + 490 pp. A study of grammatical theories from the schools of Chartres and Orleans (1150-1250) until the inception of the New Philology. E. summary on pp.457-69. Bibliography (445-56); index of names (472-77); index of subjects (478-85).

1953. Albright, Robert William (1913-72). The International Phonetic Alpha bet: Its backgrounds and development. Diss., Stanford Univ., 171 typed pp. (Printed, as International Journal of American Linguistics 24:1, Part III, 1958), viii + 78 pp. + 17 illustrations. The study consists of four chaps.: 1) "Early Backgrounds" (1-17), dealing with the works of John Hart, Robert Robinson, John Wilkins, and others; 2) "Nineteenth Century Backgrounds" (18-46), including the work of Pitman, Ellis, Lepšius, and others; 3) "Development of IPA [i.e., International Phonetic Alphabet]" (47-65), and concluding with 4) "Analysis of the IPA" (66-78). Bibliographical footnotes.

1953. Carroll, John B. The Study of Language: A survey of linguistics and related disciplines in America. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. Press, xiv + 289 pp. (Many reprintings). Revised and enlarged version of Carroll 1950. This important study of North Ame rican linguistic scholarship up to the early 1950's devotes space to 19th century


27

studies in linguistics, including European trends (15-23). For the most part, how ever, it is concerned with the development of American linguistics from the 1920's onwards. It contains a rich bibliography (246-68), and an index (271-89). Two reviews may be mentioned, each of which expressed a particular viewpoint: Henry Lee Smith, Jr. (1913-72) in Language 31.59-72 (1955), and Uriel Weinreich (1924-67) in Word 9.277-79 (1953).

1953. Bonfante, Giuliano (b.1904). ''Ideas on Kinship of the European Lan guages from 1200 to 1800". Cahiers d'Histoire mondiale / Journal of World History 1.679-99 (Paris, 1953-54). Surveys the history of the question of relationship among European languages from the appearance of Giraldus Cambrensis' Description of Wales (1194) until F. Schlegel's Ueber die Sprache und Weisheit der Indier (1808). Bibliography (697-99).

1954. Jarceva, V[iktorija] N[ikolaevna]. 'Ό kurse 'storija jazykoznanija' na filologičeskix fakuľtetax universitetov [Concerning a course "The Histo ry of Linguistics" in faculties of arts of universities]". Voprosy Jazykoz nanija 3:4.104-15. This programmatic article was hotly discussed at the time. Apart from the points raised by Aleksandr Moiseevič Einkeľ and Isaak Iosifovič Cukerman in Voprosy Jazykoznanija 3:6.102-05 and 105-06, respectively, the most important contribu tion to the debate was the article by Agnija Vasil'evna Desnickaja, "Ob universitetskom kurse 'Istorija jazykoznanija'" ibid. 3:5.90-104 (1954) which also appeared in G. transi., "Zur Problematik der Vorlesung 'Geschichte der Sprach\vissensehafť , \ Sowjetwissenschaft : Gesellschaftwissenschaftliche Abteilung 1955/4.515-31 (prepa red by Klaus Müller).

1955. Arens, Hans (b.1911). Sprachwissenschaft: Der Gang ihrer Geschichte von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. (= Orbis Academicus; Problemge schichte der Wissenschaft in Dokumenten und Darstellungen, 1:6.) Frei burg & Munich: . Alber, viii + 568 pp. (2nd rev. and enl. ed., 1969), xvi + 816 pp. A critical account, with excerpts (in G. transl. where applicable) from the relevant writings, of the development of linguistic thought from antiquity to modern times. For details, see Arens 1969. Bibliography (533-55). From the two dozen reviews of this book, the following may be mentioned here: Manfred Mayrhofer in Germa nisch-Romanische Monatsschrift 37.401-04 (1956); Walter Porzig (1895-1961) in Gymnasium 65.530-33 (1958), and Jadwiga Puzynina in Poradnik Językowy 1959/9.412-20.

1955.Catalán Menéndez Pidal, Diego (b. 1928). La escuela lingüística española y su concepción del lenguaje. (= Biblioteca Románica Hispánica, 11:22.) Madrid: Ed. Gredos, 169 pp.

28

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Similar to Giacomo Devoto's (1897-1974) I fondamenti della storia linguistica (Florence: G. C. Sansoni, 1951), 94 pp., this book is concerned with presenting particular aspects of general linguistics rather than a historical survey. No biblio graphy. Index of names (163-65). Cf. H. M. Hoenigswald in LN 13.47-50(1952).

1955. Hattori, Shirô (b.1908). ''Introduction". An Introduction to the Lan guages of the World, vol.11 ed. by Sanki Ichikawa and S. Hattori. Tokyo: Kenkyusha, 147 pp. In Jap. Survey of the history of western linguistics; compare chap.II, "Morphologi cal Classification of Languages and the 'Evolutionary 1 theory of language" (21-47), which traces the subject matter from F. Schlegel (1808) to J. H. Greenberg in the 1950's, or chap.III, "The Development of the Comparative Method" (47-73), which gives an account of the topic from Leibniz to Whitney and the neogrammarians.

1955. Vitale, Maurizio. "Sommario elementare di una storia degli studi linguis tici romanzi". Preistoria e storia degli studi romanzi ed. by Antonio Viscardi, et al., 5[7]-169. Milan & Varese: Istituto Ed. Cisalpino, 415 pp. A survey of Romance linguistics from Dante's De vulgari eloquentia to the work of Vossler, Bally, and Spitzer.

1956. Zvegincev, V(ladimir) A(ndreevic, b.1910), ed. Xrestomatija po istorii jazykoznanija XIX - XX vekov [Chrestomathy for the history of 19th and 20th century linguistics]. Moscow: Gosud. učebno-ped. izd. Minis terstva prosveščenija RSFSR, 458 pp. (2nd ed., 2 vols., 1960; 3rd ed., 1964-65.) Anthology of linguistic statements from Bopp to Meillet and Vcndryes. Lor details, see Zvegincev 1964-65.

1957-63. Borst, Arno. Der Turmbau von Babel: Geschichte der Meinungen über Ursprung und Vielfalt der Sprachen und Volker. 4 vols. in 6. Stutt gart: A. Hiersemann, viii + 2320 pp. [+ prelimary pages]. Paged consecutively. The vols. are entitled: I (1957), "Linfïïhrung - Imundamente Aufbau" (1-357); 11:1+2 (1958-59), "Ausbau" (361-615, 617-952); III:1+2 (1960-61), "Umbau" (955-1394, 1395-1882), and IV (1963), "Schlüsse: - Übersich ten" (1883-2320). Subject and name index (2145-2314); bibliography (2119-35). The work traces the ideas of the origin of language and its diversity from the earliest historically attested times to the 20th century. l'or an appraisal, consult P. A. Verburg's review article in Lingua 12.309-19 (1963).

1957. Dobson, E(ric) J(ohn). English Pronunciation, 1500-1700. 2 vols. Ox-


29

ford: Clarendon Press, xxii + 1078 pp. [paged consecutively]. (2nd ed., 1968.) Vol.1, "Survey of the Sources", xxiii + 444 pp.; vol.11, "Phonology", ν + [445-] 1078 pp. Cf. the reviews by Eilert Ekwall in RES 9.303-12 (1958), and Martin Lehnert in Anglia 76.443-48 (1958).

1957. Gagkaev, K(azan) E(gorovič). Kurs lekcij po istorii jazykoznanija [Lectu res on the history of linguistics]. Odessa: Odesskij gosud. Univ., 154 pp. After a general introduction (6-16), individual chaps. are devoted to the following epochs and areas in the history of linguistics: India (17-27); China (28-36); classical antiquity (Greece and Rome, 37-49); Arab linguistic scholarship (50-57); the middle ages (58-66); 16-18th centuries (67-77); 'The rise of comparative-historical linguistics' (78-88); 'Linguistics in the mid-19th century' (89-98), and several chaps. devoted to ideological rather than linguistic questions (99-107, 139-47) - compare the treatment of post-Saussurean linguistics under the heading 'Bourgeois sociolo gism and its development' (128-38) -, and a chap. on the neogrammarians (108-17). Bibliographical references (14-16); indices (149-53).

1958.Christmann, Hans Helmut (b.1929). "Strukturelle Sprachwissenschaft: Grundlagen und Entwicklung". Romanistisches Jahrbuch 9.1740 [1959]. Another part appeared in Romanistisches Jahrb. 12.23-50 (1961 [1962]). A survey of structural linguistic trends in Europe and America, from Boas, Saussure, and Bloomfield to the late 1950's and, in the supplement, early 1960's.

1958. Watanabe, Shoichi (b.1930). Studien zur Abhängigkeit der frühneuenglischen Grammatiken von den mittelalterlichen Lateingrammatiken. Diss., Univ. of Münster. (Printed, Münster: M. Kramer, 1958), xiii + 303 + 2 pp. (vita). The study presents the medieval grammatical tradition and its impact on Renaissance linguistic scholarship (pp.3ff.), and, after an analysis of the treatment of various individual aspects of grammar, discusses individual 17th-century grammars, from Alexander Hume (1617) to John Wallis (1653) (176-288). Bibliography (v-xii);no index.

1959. François, Alexis (1877-1958). Histoire de la langue française cultivée: Des origines à nos jours. 2 vols. Geneva: A. Jullien. As the title indicates, the study constitutes a history of the French language in its written code (from its early beginnings - 842 (the bilingual treaty signed at Stras burg) - until modern times) rather than a history of French linguistic scholarship, similar to the voluminous work of Brunot 1905ff. However, it contains chaps.

30

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT devoted to aspects of French grammar (e.g. I, pp.253-64). Bibliographical referen ces are given at the end of each chap. Total number of pages: vol.I: xviii + 409; vol.11: 306. No index.

1959. Malmberg, Bertil. Nya vägar inom språkforskningen: En orientiering i modem lingvistik. Stockholm: Svenska Bokförlaget; Copenhagen: E. Munksgaard. (2nd ed., 1962; 3rd rev. ed., 1966; 4th ed., 1969), ix + 300 pp. For details, see Malmberg 1964 (=E. transl. of Malmberg 1959; 2nd ed.) For an American view of the first edition, consult Einar Haugen in Language 36.524-27 (1960).

1959. Neumann, Sven-Gosta (b.1909). Recherches sur le français des XVe et XVIe siècles et sur sa codification par les théoriciens de ľ époque. Lund: . W. K. Gleerup; Copenhagen: E. Munksgaard, 224 pp. [Diss., Univ. of Lund]. The study is mainly concerned with John Palsgrave's (1530) grammar of French and the ensuing linguistic debate in France. 'Notice bibliographique' (11-17) sur veys previous work in the field. General bibliography (217-21); no index.

1960. Aarsleff, Hans C[hristian? ]. The Study of Language in England, 1780-1860. Diss,, Univ. of Minnesota. St.Paul, Minn., x + 567 typed pp. For details, see rev. version (Aarsleff 1967); bibliography (555-87).

1960. Diderichsen, Paul (1905-64). Rasmus Rask og den grammatiske tradi tion: Studier over vendepunktet i sprogvidenskabens historie. (= Histo risk-filologiske meddelser udg. af det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Seiskab, 38:2.) Copenhage: E. Munksgaard, 251 pp. A study on the background of Rask and the intellectual trends of his time that led to the formulation of comparative linguistics. G. summary (233-38); bibliography of primary and secondary sources (239-51). No index. A G. transi., Rasmus Rask und die grammatische Tradition: Eine Studie über den Wendepunkt in der Sprach wissenschaftsgeschichte, is to appear (Munich: W. Fink.)

1960/61. Hanzeli, Victor Egon (b.1925). Missionary Linguistics in New France: A study of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century descriptions of American Indian languages. Diss., Indiana Univ., Bloomington, Ind. (Printed, The Hague: Mouton, 1969), 141 pp. in small 4°; with figures and tables.


31

The perhaps most important study to date evaluating the linguistic work of mission aries in French speaking areas of the North American continent during the 17th and 18th centuries, with particular reference to the work done by Jesuits in Canada on Algonquin languages. The historical chaps. I to V (11-66) are followed by an analysis of the phonology and morphology of Ojibwa-Algonquian (67-99) based on printed works and manuscripts written by these missionaries. Various appendices (103-28); bibliography (129-36), and index (137-41).

1961. Graur, Al(exandru, b.1900), and Lucia Wald. Scurtă istorie a lingvisticii. Bucharest: Ed. ştiinţifică, 142 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1965; 3rd ed., 1977.) Work not seen by the compiler; for details, see Graur & Wald 1965.

1961. Kravčuk, R(eingoľd) V(ladimirovič). Iz istorii slavjanskogo jazykoznanija. Kiev: Radianska Škola, 139 pp. Not seen by the compiler.

1961. Loja, J(ānis Viļuma, 1896-1969). Valodniecibas vestire [History of lin guistics]. Riga: Latvijas Valsts izd., 309 + 4 pp. Consists of two major parts: 'Early linguistic activities' (11-56), consisting of a brief survey of pre-19th century linguistic work, and 'Scientific linguistics' (57-252), from the early comparatists to the first half of this century. Bibliographies (253-87); index of authors (295-309), with lifedates. See also Loja 1968.

1961. Lepscky (or Lepschy), Giulio C(iro, b.1935). "Aspetti teorici di alcune correnti della glottologia contemporanea". Annali della Scuola Nor male Superiore di Pisa; Lettere, storia e filosofia 30.187-267. First account by the author of Saussurean structuralism in Europe and America; supplemented ibid. 34.221-95 (1965). Together they formed the basis of Lepschy 1966 (see there for details).

1961. Mohrmann, Christine, Alf Sommerfelt (1892-1965), and Joshua Whatmough (1897-1964), eds. Trends in European and American Linguistics, 1930-1960, Utrecht & Antwerp: Spectrum, 299 pp. (2nd printing, 1963.) See also Mohrmann, et al. 1963. The vol. includes individual articles summing up the linguistic theories and works of particular schools, e.g., A. Sommerfelt on the 'French School' (283-93), and Robert Godei on the "Ecole saussurienne de Genève" (294-99). Each contribution includes bibliographical footnotes or a bibliography. No index.

32


1961.Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio. 3000 Jahre Stimmforschung: Die Wieder kehr des Gleichen. Marburg: N. G. Elwert, 141 pp. in small-40, 76 fig. Partly based on Panconcelli-Calzia 1941 (See above) and his Quellenatlas zur Ge schichte der Phonetik (Hamburg: Hansischer Gildenverlag, 1940), 86 pp., 221 ill. - cf. Gerhard Dietrich's review in Anglia Beiblatt 54-55.7-10 (1943-44), P. -. relates the history of work done in the area of "Stimmforschung", i.e., experimental, phy siological, acoustic, etc. phonetics, attempting at the same time to demonstrate how discoveries made generations, centuries, and even millenia ago, had to be redisco vered. The largest part of P.-C.'s account is taken up by section 4, "Die Bewegun gen beim Sprechen und Singen" (30-95), which treats various aspects in the use of the human voice in speaking and singing, and the research done in these areas for many generations and centuries, though 19th and early 20th century work cover the bulk of P.-C. 's accounts. These are bibliographical references given at the end of each special entry, but there is no full bibliography and no index at the end of the book.

1961. Wojowasito, Suwofu. Linguistik: Sedjarah ilmu (perbandingan) bahasa. Djakarta: Gunung Agung, 260 pp. (2nd ed., 1965.) The book constitutes a history of linguistics, from the early beginnings (Sanskrit grammarians) to the 1950's. Bibliography (241-49); index (250-58).


Part III: 1962-76

If one notes the increase of publications surveying earlier periods in the history of our discipline or summarizing the present state of linguistic affairs in all its different areas and facets which have appeared from 1962 onwards (e.g., Iordan, Kukenheim, and others in 1962; Ivic, Leroy, Tagliavini, all in 1963), it seems justified to devote a separate section of the bibliography to one decade only, particularly in the light of the evident increasing interest in the history of linguistic ideas and the growing awareness of the desirability of establishing a historiography of the field comparable to the history of science for the natural sciences. This apparent shift in thinking and increased attention can best be seen by considering the influence of Thomas S. Kuhn's The Struc ture of Scientific Revolutions (2nd ed., Univ. of Chicago Press, 1970), which first appeared in 1962, and from which historians of linguistics took over the concept (or at least the term) of 'paradigm', though often without redefining it to better suit their purposes.* In view of these developments during the past ten years or so, I have decided to deviate from the principles adopted for the first two portions of the bibliography in two respects: first, several articles have been included which seem to bear upon present-day discussions regarding a more adequate presenta*) Curiously enough, Emmon Bach, in his article, "Structural Linguistics and the Philosophy of Science", Diogenes 51.111-28 (1965), does not cite Kuhn but other philosophers and historians of science, including Karl Popper and Carl Hempcl. It appears that Kuhn, for his part, took the concept of 'paradigm' from Jerome S. Bruner and Leo Postman's article, 'On the Perception of Incongruity: A paradigm", Journal of Persona lity 18.206; cf. Kuhn's The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, 2nd enl. ed. (Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press, 1970), p.63, note 12, in which Bruner & Postman's article is referred to.

34


tion of the history of linguistics than has hitherto been offered or, at least, particular significant aspects of the general linguistic debate; second, a certain number of book reviews or review articles will be listed together with the main entry of the study under analysis, with an emphasis on those which take a more critical attitude towards the books in question. The fourth and last instalment of the present bibliographical survey is scheduled to carry items that were inadvertently omitted previously or have come to my attention only recently. In addition, it will contain certain anthol ogies and similar volumes (apart from those included here, e.g., Bolelli 1965, Lehmann 1967, Malmberg 1972) which cannot be regarded as histories of linguistics by any stretch of the term but may prove useful as sourcebooks. 1962. Collinder, Björn (full name: Eric Alfred Torbjörn, b. 1894). "Les origines du structuralisme". Acta Societatis Linguisticae Upsaliensis, N.S. 1:1.1-15. (Also separately, Stockholm-Göteborg-Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell, 1962, 15 pp.) A rhapsodic account of structuralist ideas in the work of Panini and the Greeks as well as in the work of Saussure's predecessors and contemporaries, especially Adolf Noreen (1858-1925) and Jan Baudouin de Courtenay (1845-1929). Cf. also Collinder's article, "Kritische Bemerkungen zum Saussureschen Cours de linguistique generale", ibid. 1:5.181-210 (1968), in which the argument has been continued. On the first-mentioned item, cf. George L. Trager's response, "A New Linguistic Series - or 'plus ça change ...' ", SIL 17.99-101 (1963[l964]).

1962. Cornelius, Paul (Edwin, b.1933). Languages in Seventeenth- and Early Eighteenth-Century Imaginary Voyages. Ph.D. diss., Columbia Univ., New York, viii + 267 typed pp. (Printed, Ann Arbor, Mich.: Univ. Micro films, 1967[c.l963].) A slightly rev. version appeared under the title Languages of the Seventeenth and Early Eighteenth Century Imaginary Voyages (Geneva: Droz, 1965), 177 pp., inch facsimiles. The study investigates those made-up languages to be found in the literature of the genre of Swift's Gulliver's Travels in the 17th and 18th centuries, e.g., Francis Godwin's The Man in the Moone (1638), Savinien Cyrano de Bergerac's Voyage å la lune et au soleil (1657), etc., and their relationship with contemporary attempts at constructing a universal language (cf. the 'real character' of John Wilkins) or universal or general grammars, e.g., the work of Leibniz and of the philosophers at Port-Royal (cf. esp. pp.119-32 of the printed version). Bibliog raphy ( 159-71 ); index of persons (173-75). Cf. the reviews by Werner Banner in DLZ 89.587-89 (1968), and by Keith Whinnom in ZRPh 84.119-21 (1968), but also James R. Knowlson's paper, "A Note on Bishop Godwin's 'Man in the Moone' [1638]: The East Indies trade route and a 'language' of musical notes", Һ 65.357-61 (1967-68).

62. Friend, Joseph H(arold, b.1909). The Development of American Lexi cography, 1798-1864. Diss., Indiana Univ., Bloomington, Ind. (Rev. ver-

ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY III

35

sion printed, The Hague: Mouton, 1967), 129 pp. in small-40 + 1 facs. A comprehensive study of the early history of American dictionaries of English up to the close of the celebrated 'dictionary war' between Noah Webster (1758-1843) and Joseph Emerson Worcester (1784-1865). Bibliography (104-10); Index of Authors (111-13); Index of Words (114-29). Cf. the reviews by George L. Trager in SIL 19.85-87 (1967[l968]), and Philip P. Grove in Lg 45.157-69.

1962. Hughes, John P(aul, b.1920). "A Brief History of the Study of Lan guage". The Science of Language: An introduction to linguistics by John P. Hughes, 34-72. New York: Random House, xiv + 305 pp. (6th print ing, 1966.) Similar to the accounts in Bloomfield 1933, Gray 1939, and other textbooks, H. distinguishes between a 'pre-scientific' (including the Middle Ages, the ancient grammarians, and pre-19th-century work) and 'scientific' linguistics (34-50 and 51-72, respectively). Cf. the review by W. Freeman Twaddell in Lg 39.244-46 (1963).

1962. Iordan, Iorgu (b.l 888). Lingvistica romanică: Evoluţie, curente, metode. Bucharest: Ed. Acad. Rep. Populare Romîne, 439 pp. Rev. version of Iordan 1932. Cf. the reviews by Valeria Guţu-Romalo in LbR 12.306-09 (1963), by R. A. Budagov in NDVŠ-F 1965/3.158-62, and, from an American structuralist view, by Robert A. Hall, Jr. in Lg 40.285-87 (1964). Translations: 1) Einführung in die Geschichte und Methoden der romanischen Sprachwis senschaft, transl. into G. and partly rev. by Werner Bahner. Berlin: Akad. Verlag, 1962, ix + 521. The G. version includes a new chap., "Strukturalistische Bestrebungen in der Sprachwissenschaft im Hinblick auf die romanische Sprachwissenschaft: Versuch eines kritischen Ueberblicks", by Werner Bahner (450-85). The vol. was reviewed by José Joaquín Montes G(iraldo) in Thesaurus 17.200-08 (1963). 2) Lingüística románica: Evolución - corrientes - métodos. Transl, into Span. by Manuel Alvar. Madrid: Ed. Alcalá, 1967, 755 pp. 3) Romanskoe jazykoznanie: Istoriceskoe razvitie, tecenija, metody. transl. into Russ. and with a preface by R(uben) A(leksandrovič) Budagov (b.l902). Moscow: Izd. "Progress", 1971, 619 pp.

1962. Kukenheim (Ezn), Louis (1905-72). Esquisse historique de la lin guistique française et de ses rapports avec la linguistique générale. Pref ace by Maurice Rat. (= Leidse romanistische reeks, 8.) Leiden: Univ. Pers, vi + 205 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1966), v + 285 pp. The book (2nd ed.) contains the following chaps. of interest to the history of linguistics: "Des origines à 1800" (9-48), which includes brief sections on the Arab (16-17) and Chinese (p. 17) grammarians, 3 chaps. on 19th-century linguistics (49-61, 63-77, 79-96), divided by period and apparent shift of interest - compar ative linguistics, dialectology, French grammar, etc., and 2 chaps. (first and second third) devoted to 20th-century structuralism and its various facets (97-127, 129-233). The vol. concludes with a number of appendices (249-57), and an index of authors and subjects (261-80); there are bibliographical footnotes in the text but no comprehensive bibliography. For reviews of the 1st ed., cf. . . W. Reid in FS

36

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT 16.390-92 (1962); Robert-Leon Wagner in BSL 58:2.104-10 (1963); Raphael Levy, "Α Survey of the Evolution of French linguistics", MLJ 47.14-16 (1963); Bartina Harmina Wind in FdL 5.96-101 (1964), and Robert L. Politzer in Lg 41.141-43 (1965); for a review of the 2nd ed., see Werner Bahner in DLZ 89.700-02 (1968).

1962. Pedersen, Holger (1867-1953). The Discovery of Language: Linguistic science in the nineteenth century. transl. by John Webster Spargo. (= Midland Book, 40.) Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press, vi + 360 pp. (5th printing, 1972[c.l959].) Reprint of Pedersen 1931, with a new title (the original appearing as subtitle). Cf. the review's by Robert Austcrliz in Word 19.126-28 (1963), and Neville E. Collinge in FL 1.356-58 (1965).

1962. Righi, Gaetano. Breve storia della filologia classica (= Le piccole storie illustrate, 104.) Florence: Sansoni, 306 pp. After a detailed introd. discussing the subject matter of writing a history of philo logy (5-49), the study is divided into 12 smaller chaps, treating the contributions of the Greeks (51-71), the Romans (73-83), the medieval period (85-102), the time of Humanism in Italy (103-19) and the Renaissance (121-34), etc., and concluding the survey with brief accounts of philological work at the turn of the 18th and early 19th century - "Lo spirito romantico tedesco alleato della filologia: Schlegel, Schelling, Ast, Schleiermacher" (189-212) - during the 19th century (213-32, 233-56), and a chap. on "La filologia e l'umanismo contemporanei" (257-83). No bibliography, no bibliographical footnotes, and no index. For a critical comment on this book, see Scaglione 1970:40-41, note 101. Translation: Historia de la filología clásica. With an appendix by José Alsina. Transl. into Span. by J(uan?) M(anuel?) García de la Mora. Barcelona: Edic. Labor, 259 pp.

1963. Apel, Karl Otto (b.1922). Die Idee der Sprache in der Tradition des Humanismus von Dante bis Vico. (= Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte, 8.) Bonn: H. Bouvier & Co., 398 pp. After a detailed Introduction (17-103) devoted to the epistemology of a philosophy of language, the study contains the following major sections: "Dante und die Entdeckung der Muttersprache im Abendland" (104-29); "Die Frage nach dem Sprachbegriff des Humanismus" (130-279); "Der Sprachhumanismus im 'natür lichen System der Geisteswissenschaften'" (280-380). Index of names (381-84); index of terms (385-89). Apart from bibliographical footnotes, there is no bibliog raphy. Despite its title, the study discusses modern structural ideas as well on occasion, e.g., Saussure (117-18). Cf. the reviews by Anton J. Gail in WW 18.283-84 (1968), and by Dieter Wuttke in ZDPh 87.129-30 (1968).

1963. Fónagy, Iván. Die Metaphern in der Phonetik: Ein Beitrag zur Ent wicklungsgeschichte des wissenschaftlichen Denkens. (= Janua Linguarum; series minor, 25.) The Hague: Mouton, 132 pp. A study devoted to the use of metaphor in phonetic descriptions, from antiquity (e.g., Marius Victorinus), the time of Humanism (e.g., Petrus Ramus, J. C. Scaliger, et al.) till modern linguistic usage. Bibliography, 124-32. Cf. Manfred Mayrhofer's review in Sprache 10.117-18(1964).

ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

III

37

Hung. version, A metafora a fonetikai műnyelvben: Adatok a tudományos gondolkodás feijlödésének történtéhez, Budapest: Akad. Kiadó, 1963, 68 pp. (Cf. the review by Edit Hexendorf in ALH 14.173-76 [1964].)

1963. Fries, Charles C(arpenter, 1884-1967). "Linguistics: The study of lan guage". (= Chap. II of Fries' Linguistics and Reading, 35-92, and 223-32.) Sep. publication, New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1965, xii + 62 pp. Consists essentially of a survey of linguistics from 1820 to 1950; cf. Barbara M. H. Strang's review in FL 4.453-54 (1968).

1963. Hoenigswald, Henry M(ax, b.1915). "On the History of the Comparative Method". AnL 5:1.1-11 in-4° (Jan. 1963). A historical sketch of the development of historical-comparative IE linguistics from William Jones and Friedrich Schlegel to August Schleicher and the neogrammarians. Cf. also J(ohn) Peter Maher's article, "More on the History of the Comparative Method: The tradition of Darwinism in August Schleicher's work", AnL 8:3.1-12 (1966).

1963. Hymes, Dell H(athaway, b.1927). "Notes toward a History of Linguistic Anthropology". AnL 5:1.59-103 (Jan. 1963). Survey of anthropological-linguistic work in North America up to 1960. Introduc tion (59-61); "Chronological development" (61-70); "Technical development" (70-99); Conclusion (p.99), and "Bibliographical note" (99-103).

1963. Ivić,,Milka. Pravci  lingvistici. Ljubljana: Državna Založba Slovenije, 190 pp. (3rd rev.ed., 1975.) Original not seen by comp.; cf. review by Elisabeth Pribić-Nonnenmacher in WSlav 9.218-22 (1964). For details, see Ivic 1965. Translations: 1) Trends in Linguistics, transl. into E. by Muriel Heppell. The Hague: Mouton, 1965, 260 pp. (2nd printing, 1970.) 2) Kierunki w lingwistyce, transl. into Pol. by Anna Wierzbicka. Breslau: Zakład im. Ossolińskich, 1966, 263 pp. 3) Kielitiede ennen ja nyt. transl. into Finnish by Auli Hakulinen. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura, 1966, 293 pp. 4) Wege der Sprachwissenschaft, transl. into G. by Matthias Rammelmayer, with a new preface by the author. Munich: M. Hueber, 1971, 283 pp. - Note: the G. version includes various additions, esp. "Pikes Tagmemik" (149-51), "Algebraische Linguistik" - including stratificational grammar - (226-49), and "Die Linguistik der Neo-Firthianer" (250-55). Cf. the reviews by Erich Hofmann in KZ 85.30-34 (1971), and by Wolfgang Herrlitz in Lingua 29.173-77 (1972).

1963. Leroy, Maurice (b.1911). Les grands courants de la linguistique mo derne. (= Université Libre de Bruxelles;, Faculté de Philosophie et Lettres, 24 — for 1971-ed.: 44.) Brussels: Ed. de l'Univ. de Bruxelles; Paris: Presses Univ. de France, x + 198 pp. (6th printing, 1967; 2nd rev. ed., 1971), xv + 210 pp. Contents: Introd., "De l'Antiquité au dix-neuvième siècle" (3-14); Part I, "La for mation de la méthode linguistique" (17-60) - surveying the history of compara-

38

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT tive-historical IE linguistics, from the early observations of Sassetti, Jones, and Coeurdoux concerning the relationship between Sanskrit and European languages, the work of Bopp until Meillet of the 1920's and 1930's; Part II, "Ferdinand de Saussure" (63-74), and Part III: "La linguistique au vingtième siècle" (77-173) covering the main structuralist trends up to the late 1950's; Conclusion (177-78). Index of names (181-84); index of topics (185-94); no bibliography. The 2nd rev. ed. contains additional chaps. devoted to aspects of semiotics (108-19), a brief reference to Chomsky (99-100), and further minor, mostly bibliographical addi tions; cf. H(einz)-Joachim Neuhaus' review in Kratylos 16:2.209-10 (1971[1973]), for details. From the many reviews of the book, only the following may be mentioned: Giusep pe Francescato in LeSt 1.231-43 (1966) entitled "Figure e correnti della moderna linguistica"; Moritz Regula in ZFSL 74.362-71 (1964); N(atalija) A(leksandrovna) Sljusareva in NDVŠ-F 8:2.177-81 (1965); Vittore Pisani in Paideia 21.297-308 (1966), and Stephen Ullmann in FMLS 1.78-83 (1965). - For reviews of the 2nd ed., see E. F. . Koerner in GL 13:1.54-56 (1973), and Giulio . Lepschy in FL 9.196-98 (1973), which makes brief mention of the translations listed below. Translations: 1) Profilo storico della linguistica moderna (= Biblioteca di cultura moderna, 617), transl. into It., with corrections and additions, by Anna Davies-Morpurgo. Bari: Laterza, 1965, 224 pp.; 2nd ed., with an appendix by Tullio De Mauro, "Alcuni caratteri tipici della linguistica contemporanea" (197-208),1969, 228 pp; 3rd ed., with addenda transl. into It. by Pierro Caracciolo, 1973, xii + 248 pp. Cf. the review by Cesare Segre in AGI 50.198-200 (1965). 2) Main Trends in Modern Linguistics, transl. into E., with corrections, by Glanville Price. Oxford: B. Blackwell; Berkeley & Los Angeles: Univ. of California Press, 1967, xi + 155 pp. Cf. the review by John Lyons in Lg 45.105-08 (1969). 3) Las grandes comentes de la linguistica, transl. into Span, by Juan José Utrilla. Mexico [City]: Fondo de Cultura Económica, Sección de lengua y estudios literarios, 1969, 192 pp. Cf. the review by Fernando Antonio Martmez in Thesaurus 25.303-05 (1970). 4) As grandes correntes da linguística moderna, transl. into Port. by Isidoro Blikstein and José Paulo Paes. Sao Paulo: Editôra Cultrix, 1971, 196 pp.

1963. Mohrmann, Christine, Alf (Axelssøn) Sommerfelt (1892-1965), and F(rederick) Norman (1897-1968), eds. Trends in Modem Linguistics,... on the occasion of the Ninth International Congress of Linguists, Cam bridge, Mass., 27 August - 1 September 1962 ... . Utrecht & Antwerp: Spectrum Pubs., 118 pp. The vol. contains, inter alia, the following articles of interest to the history of linguistics: R(obert) H(enry) Robins, "General Linguistics in Great Britain, 1930-1960" (11-37); Hisanosuke Izui, "Recent Trends in Japanese Linguistics" (38-58); G(eorge) B(ertram) Milner, "Oceanic Linguistics" (62-94); Roman Jakobson, "Efforts towards a Means-Ends Model of Language in Inter-war Conti nental Linguistics" (104-08). Each article carries a special bibliography; there is no general index of names and subjects. Cf. the reviews by John Lyons in JL 1.87-92 (1965), and Fred W(alter) Household-


39

er in Lg 41.308-12 (1965).

1963-76. Sebeok, Thomas A(lbert, b.1920?), et al. [cf. the various associate editors listed on the title pages of the individual vols.], eds. Current Trends in Linguistics. 14 vols, in 21. The Hague: Mouton. The series covers all geographical areas of the world as well as all established fields of linguistic research; a detailed catalogue on the series can be obtained from the publisher. A considerable number of articles carry historical surveys of the partic ular (sub-)discipline or area so that the vols, may be used as sourcebooks for the historian of linguistics, though the quality of individual items is uneven. Each vol. contains indices of names and subjects (languages, terms, etc.) as well as biograph ical statements on the contributors to the individual vols. There are the following vols.: 1. Soviet and East European Linguistics (1963; 3rd printing, 1970), xii + 606 pp. 2. Linguistics in East Asia and South East Asia (1967), xix + 979 pp. 3. Theoretical Foundations (1966; 2nd printing, 1970), xi + 537 pp.* 4. íbero-American and Caribbean Linguistics (1968), xix + 659 pp. 5. Linguistics in South Asia (1969), xxviii + 814 pp. 6. Linguistics in South West Asia and North Africa (1970), xxii + 802 pp. 7. Linguistics in Sub-Saharan Africa (1971), xvi + 972 pp. 8. Linguistics in Oceania (1971), xv + 1381 pp. (in 2 vols.) 9. Linguistics in Western Europe (1972), xxxii + 1859 pp. (2 vols.) plus Index (1863-1926). 10. Linguistics in North America (1973), xx + 1624 pp. (2 vols.) 11. Diachronic, Areal, and Typological Linguistics (1973), xi + 604 pp. 12. Linguistics and Adjacent Arts and Sciences (1974), 4 vols. 13. Historiography of Linguistics (1975), 2 vols. For details on this volume, see Sebeok (1975) below. 14. Index to Current Trends in Linguistics, vols. 1-13 (1976), 1 vol.

1963. Tagliavini, Carlo (b.1903). "Storia ed evoluzione della linguistica". Introduzione alla glottologia by C. Tagliavini, vol.1, 5th rev. ed., 19-380, Bologna: R. Patron. and 543-66 (notes) Published separately under the title Panorama di storia della linguistica (Bologna: R. Patron, 1963), ix + 400 pp., 66 fig. (including photographs of important lin guists); 2nd enl. ed., 1968, x + 426 pp.; 3rd ed., 1970, x + 430 pp. The later additions (383-409) are essentially bibliographical in nature. Index (in the 3rd ed., 411-24). The study contains useful bio-bibliographical information; cf. the review by Giulio . Lepschy in Linguistics 16.94-96 (1965). *) Contributors to this vol. are: Noam Chomsky (b.1928); Joseph H(arold) Greenberg (b.1915); Mary R. Haas (b.1910), Charles F(rancis) Hockett (b.1916); Yakov Malkiel (b.1914); Kenneth L(ee) Pike (b.1912); Uriel Weinreich (1926-67); Robert Godei (b. 1902), and Edward Stankiewicz (b. 1920). This vol. has been reviewed in detail in CAnthr 9:2/3.125-79 (April-June 1968), with brief statements by the authors (125-30) preceding the various comments by a number of reviewers, including Hisanosuke Izui, Rebecca Posner, Dell Hymes, Manfred Bierwisch, and others (130-65), and replies by the authors (165-77); bibliography (178-79).

40


1963. Waterman, John T(homas, b.1918). Perspectives in Linguistics: An account of the background of modern linguistics. Chicago & London: Chicago Univ. Press, viii + 105 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1970), viii + 119 pp. The vol. contains four major chaps., "The Study of Language in Ancient Times" (1970.1-10), "Medieval and Early Modern Times" (11-17), and one each devoted to the 19th (18-60), and 20th - "to 1950" - centuries (61-110). There is a brief bibliography (113-15 [1963:101-02]), and an index (117-19). For reviews of the 1st ed., cf. Dell Hymes in UAL 31.270-74 (1965); Luigi Romeo in AION-L 7.218-26 (1966), and Karl V(an Duyn) Teeter in Lg 41.512-18 (1965). Changes in the 2nd ed. are indicated in the review by E. F. K. Koerner in GL 12:2.138-42 (1972). Cf. also the review by Jack Fellman in Lingua 32.140-42 (1973). Translations: 1. Die Linguistik und ihre Perspektiven. transl. into G. by Wolf Friedrich. Munich: M. Hueber, 1966, 103 pp. Cf. the review by Helmut Ludtke in RF 82.128-30 (1970). 2. Breve storia della linguistica. It. transl. ed. by Tullio De Mauro. Florence: La Nuova Italia, 1968, xvi + 121 pp. Cf. the reviews by Tristano Bolelli in SSL 8.214-19 (1968), and Vittore Pisani in Paideia 23.374-76 (1968).

1963. Wonderly, William L(ower, b.1916), and Eugene A(lbert) Nida (b.1914). "Linguistics and Christian Missions". AnL 5:1.104-44. (Repr. in BT 15.51-69, 107-116, and 154-66 [1964].) Presents a historical sketch of linguistic work by missionaries, from the early Middle Ages to the present (106-30), followed by an outline of significant interchanges between linguistics and the Christian missions today. Bibliography (136-42); notes (142-44).

1964. Guxman, M(irra) M(oiseevna), and V(iktorija) N(ikolaevna)Jarceva,eds. Osnovnye napravlenija strukturalizma [The main trends in structu ralism]. Moscow: Izd. "Nauka", 360 pp. Contains the following articles: "The historical and methodological foundations of structuralism" by M. M. Guxman (5-45), surveying the development of linguistic structuralism from Baudouin de Courtenay and Saussure to the various structuralist persuasions of the 1950's (post-Bloomfieldians, Firth, etc.); "The Prague linguistic school" by T(aťjana) V. Bulygina (46-126); "The glossematic theory" by V. P. Murat (127-76); "American structuralism" by N(ina) D(avidovna) Arutjunova, et al., (177-306), and "From the history of English structuralism - the London school of linguistics" by E. S. Kubrjakova (307-53). Index of authors (355-59); no bibliography. Cf. the review by G. I. Mačavariani in VJa 14:6.133-37 (1965) and Josef Vachek in Linguistics 37.117-25 (Dec. 1967).

1964. Kobyljans'kyj, B(ronislav) V(ladimirovič). Korotkyj ogljad istorij movoznavstva. [Brief survey of the history of linguistics]. Kiev: "Radjans'kaja Škola", 153 pp. In Ukrainian; surveys the history of linguistic ideas from antiquity to modern times,


41

from Aristotle (9-13) to a chap. on information theory (127-33), with an emphasis on the development of linguistic studies in Russia, from the work of M. V. Lomonosov (33-35) to the studies of A. A. Saxmatov, F. E. Korś, and L. V. Scerba (86-95). There is a bibliographical note on p.151, but no index.

1964. Malmberg, Bertil (b.1913). New Trends in Linguistics: An orientation. transl. from the Swedish by Edward Carney. Stockholm & Lund: Naturmetodens Språkinstitut, [v] + 226 pp. For the original title, see Malmberg 1959 (4th ed., 1969) -reviewed by László Antal as late as 1964 in Linguistics 5.92-106. The book contains, among others, the following chaps.: "Historical and Comparative Linguistics" (5-33), surveying the field from Schleicher to work done up to the 1950's. "Ferdinand de Saussure and the Geneva School" (34-5 3), in which the origins of structuralism are traced back to Humboldt, "Neo-Linguistics. The Vossler School. The Spanish School" (69-73), "Phonology and the Prague School" (74-97), "Glossematics" (140-57), consisting of a fine analysis of the linguistic views of Hjelmslev, and "Modern American Linguistics" (158-85), from Whitney and Boas to the post-Bloomfieldians. There is no bibliography or subject index, but at least a name index (221-26). In contrast to Leroy 1963, Malmberg 1964 received few reviews; cf. R. H. Robins' review in FL 7.431-33 (1971!). Translations (in addition to the above): 1. Les nouvelles tendances de la linguistique. (= Le Linguiste, 3.) transl. into Fr. by Jacques Gengoux. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1966, 339 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1968), 348 pp. (3rd ed., 1972.) Cf. the reviews by Georg F(riedrich) Meier in ZPhon 20.574-77 (1967), and by Paul Garde in Lingua 22.380-84 (1 969). 2. Los nuevos caminos de la lingüística. transl. into Span. by Juan Almela. Mexico [City]: Siglo Veintiuno, 1967, 251 pp. 3. Nowe drogi w językoznawstwie: Przegląd, szkól i metod. transl. into Pol. by Aleksander Szulc. Warsaw: Państwowe Wyd. Naukowe, 1969, 383 pp. 4. La linguìstica contemporanea. transl. by Franco ßrioschi, ed. by Edgardo T(ito) Saronne. Bologna: Il Mulino, 1972, 322 pp.

1964. Vorlat, Emma. Progress in English Grammar, 1585-1735: A study in the development of English grammar and of the interdependence among early English grammarians. 4 vols. Luxembourg: A. Peiffer. Vol.1, 9 + 12 + 209 leaves/typed pp., with a bibliography (B1-B12); vol.11, 10 + 266 typed pp.; vol.111 (paged consecutively), 3 + [267-] 500, and vol.IV, 6 + 244 typed pp. The work, covering one-and-a-half centuries of English grammatical study, consists essentially of analyses of the 14 oldest known (to V. at the time) grammars from William Bullokar (fl.1586) to William Loughton's Practical Grammar of the English Tongue published in 1734. It contains five major parts: 1) "The general background of English grammatical studies" (1.1-85); 2) "Synthesis based on the analysis of English grammars (1585-1735)" (1.86-188); 3) "Progress in English grammar, 1585-1735" (1.189-209); 4) "Analysis of the grammatical theory" (covering vols.II and III), subdivided into the following chaps.: i) "The classifica tion of the parts of speech" (II.1-37); ii) "The noun substantive and adjective" (II.38-185); iii) "The pronoun" (II.186-266); iv) "The article" (III.267-83); v) "The

42

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT verb and participle" (III.284-421); vi) "The minor parts of speech" (III.422-500), an analysis which is rounded off with statements on the "Practical rules on the parts of speech" in 5) the Appendix which follows the same order of the chapters in the main sections of the study, namely, Noun (IV. 1-59), Pronoun (60-72), Article (73-86), Verb and Participle (87-166), and 'minor parts of speech' (167-224). A thoroughly revised version is to appear. For reviews of the work, see Nils Erik Enkvist in SNPh 37.247-49 (1965); Martin Lehnert in ZAA 13.401-03 (1965), and Vivian Salmon in RES 16.408-09 (1965).

1964-65. Zvegincev, V(ladimir) A(ndreevič, b. 1910), ed. Istorija jazykoznanija XIX і XX vekov v očerkax i izvlečenijax. [History of linguistics in the 19th and 20th centuries in sketches and extracts]. 2 vols., 3rd enl. ed. Moscow: Izd. "Prosveščenie". First ed. (of 1 vol. only) appeared in 1956; the 2nd ed. (1960) was extensively reviewed by Horace G(ray) Lunt in Lg 39.242-44 (1963). The contents of Vol.1 (1964), 466 pp., are printed - with E. transl. added - in Linguistics 14.127-28 (1965); it begins with an "Outline of the history of linguistics before the 19th century" (7-26), and presents excerpts from the works of Bopp, Rask, Vostokov, Grimm, Humboldt, Schleicher, Steinthal, Potebnja, Wundt, Osthoff and Brugmann, Paul, Delbrück, Fortunatov, Baudouin de Courtenay, Kruszewski, Schuchardt, Vossler, Bonfante, Saussure, Meillet, Vendryes, and Benveniste, under headings such as "The origins of comparative-historical linguistics", "The naturalistic trend in linguistics", "Psychologism in linguistics", and so forth. Vol.11 (1965), 495 pp., carries, inter alia, excerpts from the works of Marty, Gardiner, and Bühler - all three as representatives of psychological theories of language in the 20th century - , of Bally, Sechehaye, Karcevskij (for the 'Geneva School'), of Brøndal and Hjelmslev (representing the Glossematicist view of lan guage), of Mathesius, Skalicka, and Trnka (for 'functional' linguistics), etc., concluding with chaps, on modern linguistic trends (Chomsky, Saumjan) and selec tions from the writings of Marx, Engels, and Lenin. The vols. contain no bibliographies or indices; for another review of the 2nd (1960) ed. - I am not aware of one of the 3rd ed. - cf. Otto Ducháček in PhP 6.214-15 (1963).

1965. Balázs, János. "The Forerunners of Structural Prosodic Analysis and Phonemics". ALH 15.229-86; Russ. summary, 286-87. An insightful presentation of the theories of the classical Greek rhythmicians and metricians in comparison with modern structural views.

1965. Bolelli, Tristano (b.l 913), ed. Per una storia della ricerca linguistica: Testi e note introduttive. (= Collana di storia ... , 4.) Naples: Morano, 598 pp. An anthology of excerpts from the writings of some 50 scholars, beginning with Vico and Herder and ending with Cassirer, Marr, and Spitzer, with brief intro ductions to each selection by the editor. Cf. the review by Leo Pap in Word 26:2.289-94 (1970[c.l973]).

1965.Dixon, Robert M(alcolm) W(ard). "Opinions about Language". What


43

is Language: A new approach to linguistic description by R. M. W. Dixon, 23-104. London: Longmans, xviii + 216 pp. Covers a wide range of linguistic views beginning with Plato and Aristotle, the Stoics and Dionysius Thrax, and ending with the work of Chomsky, Malinowski, Firth, Halliday, and others. Cf. the review by D. Terence Langendoen in Lg 43.742-51 (1967).

1965. Graur, Al(exandru, b.1900), and L(ucia) Wald. Scurtă istorie a lingvisticii. 2nd rev. and enl. ed. Bucharest: Editura ştiinţifică, 182 pp. 1st ed. (1961), 142 pp. The book surveys the history of linguistics from antiquity. including Panini, to the work of the descriptivists in America prior to Chomsky. with an emphasis on 19th and early 20th-century developments; chap.I (9-18) ends with Rousseau and Herder, whereas the 2nd begins with William Jones and Bopp. There is no bibliography and no index. For reviews, see Vasile Stirbu in LbR 15.313-14 (1966) and Vladimir Skalicka in Jaz A 1966/4.8-9. (3rd ed., 1977.)

1965. Hockett, Charles F(rancis, b.1916). "Sound Change". Lg 41.185-204. A discussion of the development of linguistics, from Jones' famed paper of 1786 to issues in linguistic theory of the 1960's, in which the author puts forward his view of four distinct 'major breakthroughs' in linguistics: 1) the genetic hypothesis (fol lowing Jones' statement and concerning the work of Gyarmathi, Rask, Grimm, and Bopp); 2) the regularity hypothesis (put forward by the neogrammarians); 3) the quantization hypothesis (beginning about the same time owing to the work of Sievers, Sweet, Jespersen, and others in phonetics, and worked out in the postSaussurean era), and 4) the accountability hypothesis (represented by the work of Chomsky and Lamb).

1965. Ivic, Milka. Trends in Linguistics. transl. from the Serbo-Croatian by Muriel Heppell. (= Janita Linguarum; Series minor, 42.) The Hague: Mouton, 260 pp. (2nd printing, 1970.) The book (cf. Ivić 1963, above) consists of three major parts of unequal length: 1) pre-19th-century work, from antiquity to the comparative grammar of Finno-Ugric by Gyarmathi (15-33, bib. references, 33-34); 2) 19th-century work in historicalcomparative and in general (viz. Humboldt) linguistics (37-66; bib. references appended to each section), and 3) "Linguistic research in the twentieth century" (69-242), ending with work done in the late 1950's. The book is not very reliable in its factual information; cf. Giulio . Lepschy in Linguistics 57.102-03 (1970). It has a detailed subject index (242-54) and an index of names (255-60). Cf. the review by John Lyons in Lingua 22.228-32 (1969), and by Georg F. Meier and Barbara Flegel in ZPhon 23.96-99 (1970).

1965.Mounin, Georges (b.1910). Teoria e storia della traduzione. (= Piccola biblioteca Einaudi, 61.) Transl. from a French MS by Stefania Morganti. Turin: G. Einaudi, 226 pp. The book is an original ed., not a transl. of Mounin's Problèmes théoriques de la traduction (Paris: N.R.F., 1963; 2nd ed., Paris: Gallimard, 1967) - as BL 1965:72 suggests - or any other similarly-slanted book by Mounin, e.g., his La Machine à traduire (The Hague: Mouton, 1964). Part II (29-66), entitled "Cenni -storici" surveys the history of translation from antiquity to the 20th century; part III

44

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT (69-128) presents, among others, the linguistic views of Saussure (77-80), Hjelmslev (80-83), Bloomfield (83-86) - under the general heading "Traduzione e sig nificato" - followed by a chap. on semantics and Weltanschauung (87-93) in which ideas of Humboldt, Sapir, Whorf and Trier are presented. Bibliography (225-27); no index. Translation: Die Uebersetzung: Geschichte, Theorie, Anwendung. transl. into G. by Harro Stammerjohann. Munich: Nymphenburger Verlagshandlung, 1967, 214 pp. Bibliography (202-05); index (209-14). I have not come across any detailed review of the It. original; of the G. version, Martin Rockel's review in DLZ 91.301-04 (1970) may be mentioned.

1965. Strunk, Klaus (b.1930). "Probleme der idg. Sprachwissenschaft nach Brugmann". Glotta 43.199-217. Picks up the survey of IE studies where Specht 1948 (see above) left off, with particular consideration of problems related to the theory of laryngals, including Saussure's contribution to the subject (208-10, 213-14). See also Putschke 1969.

1966. Apresjan, Ju(rij) D(erenikovič). Idei i metody sovremennoj strukturno] lingvistikk Kratkij ocerk. [Ideas and methods of present-day structural linguistics: A brief survey]. Moscow: Izd. "Prosveščenie", 302 pp. Contains a section "From the history of structural linguistics" (7-77) which is of interest to the historian of linguistics. Bibliography (283-301); no index (note that the E. transl. of 197 3 contains a detailed index, pp.341-49). Translations: 1. Ideen und Methoden der modernen strukturellen Linguistik: Kurzer Abriss. transl. into G. by Brigitte Haltof and Elisabeth Mai, ed. by Fritz Jüttner. Berlin: Akad.-Verlag; Munich: M. Hueber, 1971, 303 pp. (2nd ed., 1972.) 2. Principles and Methods of Contemporary Structural Linguistics. transl. into E. by Dina B. Crockett. The Hague: Mouton, 1973, 349 pp. 3. Eléments sur les idées et les méthodes de la linguistique structurale contempo raine. transl. into Fr. by Jean-Paul de Wrangel and Sanda Golopenţia-Eretescu. Paris: Dunod, 1973, xvi + 374 pp.

1966. Bierwisch, Manfred (b.1930). "Strukturalismus: Geschichte, Probleme und Methoden". Kursbuch ed. by Hans-Magnus Enzensberger, vol. 5.77-152. A condensed survey of linguistic studies from the beginnings of comparative lin guistics and the neogrammarians (79-81) to the work of Noam Chomsky (104-20), followed by a discussion of the theories of 'performance', grammar construction, language acquisition, etc. and the applications of linguistics to adjacent fields in the humanities. For a review, see Helmut Schnelle in FL 5.449-53 (1969). Translation: Modern Linguistics: Its development, methods and problems. (= Janua Linguarum: series minor, 110.) The Hague: Mouton, 1971, 105 pp. (Bibliography, 104-05). Cf. the review by J. Peter Maher in HL 1:3.399-403 (1974).

1966. Bolton, W(hitney) F(rench), ed. The English Language: Essays by English and American Men of Lettres, 1490-1839. [Part 1] Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, xii + 228 pp.


45

An anthology of statements by scholars of three-and-a-half centuries on the English language, its grammar, pronunciation, orthography, etc., from William Caxton (c.1422-91), and inch selections from Richard Mulcaster (c. 1530-1611), Ben Jonson (1572-1637), Joseph Addison (1672-1719), Noah Webster (1758-1843), and others, up to Thomas De Quincey's (1785-1859) essay of 1839. "Select index of literary and linguistic topics" (223-28). Cf. the review by Vivian Salmon in MLR 63.450-51 (1968).

1966. Chomsky, (Avram) Noam (b.1928). Cartesian Linguistics: A chapter in the history of rationalist thought. New York & London: Harper & Row, xvi + 119 pp. Despite its title this book is not a contribution to the history of rationalist thinking from the 17th century to the present but a modern reinterpretation of what the "Cartesians" - including Humboldt! - ought to have thought. Detailed (and re vealing) notes (75-112); bibliography (113-19). From the various reactions to Chomsky's manner of writing the history, the following accounts may be men tioned: Hans Aarsleff, "The History of Linguistics and Professor Chomsky", Lg 46.570-85 (1970); Reginald Lee Hannaford, "Animadversions on Some Recent Speculations concerning the Contemporary Significance of 'Cartesian Linguistics' ", Actes du Xe Congrès international des Linguistes II.247-51, 251-54 (discussion). Bucharest: Ed. de ľAcad. R.S.R., 1970; Stephen K. Land, "Cartesian Language Test and Professor Chomsky", Linguistics 122.11-24 (15 Feb. 1974); Jürgen M. Meisel, "Noam Chomsky's Umwälzung der Sprachwissenschaft", Linguistische Perspektiven ed. by Abraham P. ten Cate and Peter Jordens, 1-20, passim. Tübingen: M. Niemeyer, 1973; idem, "On the Possibility of Non-Cartesian Linguistics", Linguistics 122.25-38 (15 Feb. 1974); W. Keith Percival, "On the Non-Existence of Cartesian Linguistics", Cartesian Studies ed. by R . J . Butler, 137-45. Oxford: B. Blackwell, 1972. Of more historical (than polemical) interest are Vivian G. Salmon's review of Chomsky in JL 5.165-87 (1969), Robin T(almach) Lakoffs account in Lg 43.343-64 (1969), and Jan Miel's article, "Pascal, Port-Royal, and Cartesian Lin guistics", JHI 30.261-71 (1969). Translations: 1. La linguistique cartésienne: Un chapitre de l'histoire de la pensée rationaliste. transl. into Fr. by Nelcya Delanoë and Dan Sperber, Paris: Editions du Seuil, 1969, 187 pp. (incl. Chomsky's 1967 paper, "On the Formal Nature of Lan guage"). 2. Linguística cartesiana: Un capítulo de la historia del pensamiento racionalista. transl. into Span, by Enrique Wulff. Madrid: Edit. Gredos, 1969, 158 pp. 3. Cartesianische Linguistik: Ein Kapitel in der Geschichte des Rationalismus. transl. into G. by Richard Kruse. Tübingen: M. Niemeyer, 1971, 104 pp.

1966. Christmann, Hans Helmut (b.1929). "Beiträge zur Geschichte der These vom Weltbild der Sprache". Abhandlungen der Akad. der Wissenschaften und der Literatur in Mainz Jg. 1966, No.7, 441-69. Printed also separat ely, Wiesbaden: F. Steiner, 1967, 31 pp. A very insightful study on the concept of 'linguistic relativity' before and after

46

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Humboldt, in which, inter alia, the proof is made that the socalled 'Sapir-WhorfHypothesis' has its source in the teachings of Herder and Humboldt (443ff., esp. 448-50).

1966. Foucault, Michel (b.1926). Les mots et les choses: Une archéologie des sciences humaines. Paris: Gallimard, 400 pp. (Repr., 1969, 1972, etc.) This book contains a number of chaps. and passages treating aspects and periods of the history of European linguistic thinking, esp. from the late 17th to the early 19th century; e.g., "La grammaire générale" (95-107), and the subsequent chaps. (to p. 136 passim), but also the chap. entitled "Bopp" (292-307), on the develop ment of comparative linguistics. Moreover, the work is of particular interest to the historian of linguistics since it presents linguistic ideas within the general intellectu al context of their time. There is no bibliography and no index. For critical accounts, cf. Enzo Melardi, "Michel Foucault: L'epistemologia delle scienze umane", LeSt 2.75-96 (1967), with E. and Russ. summaries; John . Greene, "Les mots et les choses", Essays in Semiotics /Essais de sémiotique ed. by Julia Kristeva, et al., 230-38. The Hague: Mouton, 1971. Translation: Ordnung der Dinge: Eine Archäologie der Humanwissenschaften. transl. into G. by Ulrich Köppen. Frankfurt/M.: Suhrkamp, 1971, 469 pp.

1966. Juliard, Pierre (Neville, b. 1939). Philosophies of Language in EighteenthCentury France. Ph.D. diss., Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y., iv + 199 typed pp. (Printed, The Hague: Mouton, 1970), 111 pp. Though concentrating his investigation on 18th-century Fr. philosophers of lan guage and grammarians, e.g., Condillac, de Brosses, Court de Gébelin, and others, J. traces certain trends back to the 1660 Port-Royal grammar. The main chaps. arc: "The origins and development of language" (21-44); "Language and ideas" (45-58); "Language and the idea of progress" (59-77); "Language and the ideas of the times" (78-89), and "A science of language" (90-100). There is a bibliography (105-07), a "Chronology of major works cited" (108), and an index (109-11). Cf. Martin Rockel's review in DLZ 92.837-39 (1971); for a partisan review, see Jesse Levitt in Linguistics 95.78-85 (1 Jan. 1973).

1966. Lepschy, Giulio C(iro, b. 1935). La Linguistica strutturale. (= Piccola biblioteca Einaudi, 79.) Turin: G. Einaudi, 234 pp. (New ed., with a bibliographical appendix, 1973), 252 pp. Based on L.'s earlier studies published in two instalments in 1961 and 1965 (cf. Lepschy 1961, above), the book constitutes the first It. survey of structural lin guistics. For details, consult the rev. E. version of this work (Lepschy 1970); cf. also the reviews by Robert A. Hall, Jr. in IRAL 5.148-50 (1967); Luigi Heilmann in LeSt 1.419-20 (1966), and Lucia Wald in LbR 17.473-74 (1968). Translations: 1. La Linguistique structurale. transl. into Fr. by Louis-Jean Calvet. Paris: Payot, 1968, 241 pp. 2. Die strukturale Sprachwissenschaft: Eine Einführung. transl. into G. with an appendix, "Die strukturale Sprachwissenschaft in Deutschland" (160-82), by Harro Stammerjohann. Munich: Nymphenburger Verlagshandlung, 1969, 259 pp. (3rd ed., 1973.)


47

Cf. the reviews by E. F. K. Koerner in GGA 224:3/4.288-95 (1972), and by Martin Rockel in DLZ 91.397-400 (1970). 3. E. transi., see Lepschy 1970, below. 4. La Lingüística estructural. transl. into Span. by Carlos Manzano. Barcelona: Edit. Anagrama, 1971, 238 pp. Note: transl. into Jap., Port., Swed., and Serbo-Croatian are in preparation.

1966. Pinborg, Jan. Die Entwicklung der Sprachtheorie im Mittelalter. (= Bei träge zur Geschichte der Philosophie und Theologie des Mittelalters, 42:2.) Thesis, Univ. of Copenhagen. (Printed, Copenhagen: Α. FrostHansen; Münster: Aschendorff, 1967), 367 pp. Though centred around the work of Johannes Aurifaber (fl.1330), the study surveys the linguistic theories of the Modistae of the late 13th and the 14th centu ries in general. Bibliographie of primary (345-46) and secondary (346-52) sources; index of names (353-58). Cf. also the same author's articles treating the same period: 1) "Mittelalterliche Sprachtheorien: Was heisst modus significandi',, Fides quaerens intellectum: Festskrift tilegnet Heinrich Roos (Copenhagen: A. FrostHansen, 1964), 66-84, and 2) "Pour une interprétation moderne de la théorie linguistique du moyen âge", AL 12.238-43 (1969). See also Pinborg 1972 (below). Cf. the review by Arno Borst in PBB(T) 90.143-50 (1968-69).

1966. Robins, R(obert) H(enry). "The Development of the Word Class System of the European Grammatical Tradition". FL 2.3-19. (Repr. 'm Diver sions of Bloomsbury: Selected writings on linguistics by R. H. Robins, 185-203. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 1970.) A 'classic' article tracing particular aspects of linguistic theory from the early Greek grammarians, esp. Aristarchus and Dionysius Thrax, to the late medieval period, with reference to modern linguistic doctrines (A. A. Hill,  F. Hockett, N. Chomsky, et al.)

1966. Sebeok, Thomas A(lbert), ed. Portraits of Linguists: A biographical source book for the history of western linguistics, 1746-1963. 2 vols. Bloomington & London: Indiana Univ. Press. Vol.1 ("From Sir William Jones to Karl Brugmann"), xvi + 580 pp.; vol.11 ("From Fduard Sievers to Benjamin Lee Whorf'), vii + 605 pp. The vols. contain a good number of informative accounts of important linguists; unfortunately, there are serious omissions - cf. my remarks in HL 1:1.137-38 (1974) - and no biblio graphies of the scholars themselves. Cf. the reviews by Rudolf Engler in Kratylos 12.139-42 (1967); by Harry Hoijer in Lg 44.96-98 (1968), and Giulio . Lepschy in Linguistics 57.100-02 (1970).

1966. Vachek, Josef (b.1909). The Linguistic School of Prague: An introduc tion to its theory and practice. Bloomington & London: Indiana Univ. Press, [viii] + 184 pp. (2nd printing, 1970.) Though devoted to one particular 'school', the book contains valuable information on the background of this influential movement; cf. the first two chaps.: "Some historical aspects of the Prague School" (3-14), and "The general pattern of the Prague theory" (15-39) which include accounts of the neogrammarians, Saussure, Baudouin de Courtcnay, and other scholars and 'schools'. See also the biographical

48


sketches, "Basic information on some members of the Prague School" (122-36), and the "Selected bibliography" (166-78). Indices of names and subjects (179-81, 181-84, respectively). Cf. the reviews by Lucia Wald in RRLing 12.66-68 (1967), S(imon) C(ornelis) Dik in Lingua 18.80-88 (1967), and Leonhard Lipka in Anglia 87.412-14 (1969).

1966.Vàrvaro, Alberto (b. 1934). Storia, problemi e metodi della linguistica romanza. Naples: Liguori, 273pp. (2nd enl. ed., 1968), 414 pp. Since the 2nd ed. has become more widely known abroad, references are to this ed. The revised ed. surveys the history of Romance linguistic scholarship from Dante to the 20th century, incl. a chap. on Saussure and the Geneva School (331-55) and another on various structuralist trends, incl. transformational grammar (359-401). Bibliographical footnotes; index of names (405-11). Cf. the reviews by Artur Greive in RF 81.220-25 (1969) and Yakov Malkiel in RomPh 23.331-35 (1969-70).

1966. Zwirner, Eberhard (b. 1899). "Bemerkungen zur Geschichte der Phone tik". Grundfragen der Phonometrie by E. Zwirner and Kurt Zwirner, 2nd rev. and enl. ed., 17-110. Basel & New York: S. Karger, ii + 218 pp. First ed., 1936 (see Zwirner & Zwirner 1936, above). The historical portion of the book has been enlarged considerably; it casts interesting light on the relationship of linguistics with other disciplines, esp. in the 19th century. Cf. the reviews by Alexandra Roceric-Alexandrescu in SCL 19.198-201 (1968), and Henry M. Hoenigswald in Lg 47:1.189-90. Translation: Principles of Phonometrics. Translated by H(erman) Bluhme. University, Ala.: Univ. of Alabama Press, 1970, ix + 193 pp. Cf. the review, esp. of the historical part, by E. F. K. Koerner in Phonetica 24:4.247-52 (197l[l972]).

1967. Aarsleff, Hans (b.1925). The Study of Language in England, 1780-1860. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press, vii + 279 pp. A contribution to the history of ideas and the historical background which led to the foundation of the Philological Society of London in 1842, rather than a history of linguistics. It contains valuable bio-bibliographical information on 18th and 19th-century scholars hardly found elsewhere in the literature. Detailed index /265-79) which, unfortunately, does not seem to include the often very informative footnotes; no bibliography. (Cf. Aarsleff 1960, above). Cf. the reviews by Gerhard Nickel in Anglia 86.163-66 (1968); Rupert E. Palmer in PhQ 47.325-27 (1968), and Barbara M. H. Strang in FL 6:3.438-40 (1970).

1967. Borba, Francisco da Silva (b. 1932). Introdução aos estudos lingüísticos. (= Biblioteca Universitaria, Series 5a, 3.) São Paulo: Edit. Nacional, 305 pp. (2nd enl. ed., 1970), [vi+] 316 pp. See esp. chap.2, "História da lingüistica" (12-35), which gives a brief survey of the development of linguistics from antiquity to this century. Indices of linguistic terms (296-300), authors (301-12), and a bibliography (313-16).

1967. Dinneen, Francis P(atrick), S. J. (b.l 923). Introduction to General Lin guistics. New York-Chicago-London, etc.: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, xi


49

+ 452 pp. See esp. the following chaps.: "The development of language study in the West" (70-124), surveying the linguistic achievements of the ancient Greeks and Romans; "Traditional grammar" (125-175), treating medieval grammatical doctrines (126 47) and later periods of language study up to the rise of comparative-historical linguistics dealt with in "The nineteenth century" (176-91), though rather unsatis factorily. Subsequent chaps. present the essential aspects of the theories of Saussure (192-212); Sapir (213-38), incl. an account of Boas (213-20); Bloomfield (239-98); Firth (299-325); Hjelmslev (326-54), and Chomsky (355-99). Each paragraph has a selected bibliography appended, though there is also a "Selected general bibliog raphy" (427-41). Index of authors and terms (442-52). Cf. the reviews by Archibald A(nderson) Hill in Lingua 22.237-44 (1969); Jirí Krámský in Linguistics 53.100-06 (1969), and Frank R(obert) Palmer in FL 6.150-51 (1970). Translation: Introduzione alla linguistica generale. transl. into It. by Marcella Grandi and Teresa Colloca, ed. with a preface (7-10) by Luigi Heilmann. Bologna: Il Mulino, 1970, 6Ό9 pp. Cf. the reviews by G(iuseppe) C(arlo) Vincenzi in LeSt 6.156-58 (1971), and by Eugen Câmpeanu in CLing 16.201-02 (1971).

1967. Donzé, Roland (André, b.1921). La grammaire générale et raisonnée de Port-Royal: Contribution à l'histoire des idées grammaticales en France. Berne: A. Francke, 257 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1971), 264 pp. Although essentially an account of the linguistic theories developed in the PortRoyal grammar, the study presents much valuable information on the background and tradition of these doctrines. Bibliography (227-35); indices of authors (237-39) and terms (241-53). The 2nd ed. mainly includes additions to the notes (181-229) and bibliography (242-44). Cf. the reviews by Jean-Claude Chevalier in FM 37.68-71 (1969); Siegfried Heinimann in Erasmus 20.88-91 (1968), and Robert-Léon Wagner in BSL 63:2.76-78 (1968[1969]). Translation: La gramática general y razonada de Port-Royal: Contribución a la historia de las ideas gramaticales en Francia. transl. into Span. by Marino Ayerra Regín. Buenos Aires: Edit. Universitaria de Buenos Aires, 1970, 29 + 199 pp.

1967. Gazdaru, Demetrio (b. 1897). Controversias y documentos lingüísticos. La Plata, Argentina: Inst. de Filologia, Univ. Nacional de La Plata, 244 pp. G. surveys and documents two major debates in linguistics of the last decades of the 19th century which still today attract attention, the Lautgesetz-controversy be tween the neogrammarians and their opponents, and the competing theories of the development and spread of the IE language family, "La controversia sobre las leyes fonéticas en el epistolario de los principales lingüistas del siglo XIX" (13-44, docu mented by letters addressed to Ascoli, written by Bezzenberger, Brugmann, Curtius, Henry, J. Schmidt, and others, 46-143), and "A propósito de Stammbaumtheorie y Wellentheorie" (144-64), consisting of a brief exposé of the argument, letters by

50

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Schleicher addressed to Ascoli and various accounts of 20th-century linguists on the topic. Further, the vol. contains epistolary documentation of less important contro versies and issues, though some of the letters by 19th-century G. scholars are very revealing in themselves (165-241). There is neither a bibliography nor an index. Cf. the review by Thomas E. Seward in GL 10.220-23 (1970), and Yakov Malkiel in RomPh 21.360-61 (1967-68), and Găzdaru's rejoinder to the latter, "Replica a una nota 'critica' ", Romanica 1.205-07 (1968).

1967. Heinimann, Siegfried (b.1917). "Zur Auffassung des Geschichtlichen in der historischen Grammatik des 19. Jahrhunderts". Festgabe Hans von Greyerz zum sechzigsten Geburtstag ed. by Ernst Walder, et al., 783-807. Berne: H. Lang. Survey of the concept of 'historical' in linguistics from Herder to the postSaussurean era, with particular attention to the work of Friedrich Diez (1794-1876) and Wilhelm Meyer-Lübke (1861-1936). This article may be complemented by Telegdi 1967 (below) and the one by Hans-Heinrich Lieb, " 'Synchronic' versus 'Diachronie' Linguistics: A historical note", Linguistics 36.18-28 (1967).

1967.Kretzmann, Norman (John Karl). "History of Semantics". Encyclope dia of Philosophy ed. by Paul Edwards, vol.7, 358-406. New York: Macmillan & Free Press. A succinct account of the semantic theories of more than two millenia: "Antiq uity" (359-65); "The Middle Ages" (365-75): "The Renaissance and the Enlighten ment" (375-90), and "The 19th and 20th centuries" (390-404), incl. Humboldt (392-93). Bibliography (404-06).

1967. Lehmann, Winfred P(hilipp, b.1916). ed. A Reader in NineteenthCentury Historical-Comparative Indo-European Linguistics. Bloomington & London: Indiana Univ. Press, vi + 266 pp. Reproduces, with brief introductions, selections - at times much too short - from the work of William Jones, F. Schlegel, Rask, Bopp, J. Grimm, Humboldt, Raumer, Schleicher, Lottner, Grassmann, Verner, Hübschmann, Osthoff and Brugmann, Sievers, Saussure, and Whitney, all transl. into E. unless they appeared originally in that language. There is no bibliography and no index. Cf. the reviews by Henry M. Hoenigswald in Lingua 26.423-27 (1970-71); George S(herman) Lane in Lg 45.132-35 (1969); Oswald Panagi in Linguistics 82.124-26 (15 April 1972), and W(alter) Keith Percival in IJAL 36.228-35 (1970).

1967. Llorente Maldonado de Guevara, Antonio. Teoría de la lengua e historia de la lingüística. (= Collección Romania; Serie lingüistica, 3.) Madrid: Edic. Alcalá, 484 pp. Contains the following chaps. of interest to the topic: "Características de la lin güística contemporanea: La prima etapa (1928-1945) y los Congressos de Bruselas y Paris" (405-39), and "Glosemática, linguística funcional y lingüística general en la segunda etapa (Etapa postbélica, 1945-50) de la lingüistica contemporánea" (441-63). Bibliography (467-84); no index.

1967. Mounin, Georges (b.1910). Histoire de la linguistique: Des origines au XXe siècle. (= Le Linguiste, 4.) Paris: Presses Univ. de France, 226 pp. (2nd enl. ed., 1970), 230 pp.


51

The book consists of five major chaps.: 1) "L'Antiquité" (17-98, Bibliography, 98-102), incl. brief accounts of the ancient Egyptians (32-47), Sumerians and Akkadians (47-57), Chinese (57-62), Hindus (62-70), Phoenicians (71-81), Hebrews (81-83), Greeks (84-93), and Romans (93-98); 2) "Le Moyen Age (IV e - XIV e siècle)" (103-115); 3) "Les temps modernes" (116-50; Bib., 150-51), and 4) "Le XIX e siècle" (152-221; Bib., 221-22). No index. Cf. the reviews by Nik. G. Koutosópoulos in Athena 69.365-70 (1966-67[l968]); Emilio Arcaini in LeSt 3.101-02 (1968), and Leon Zawadowski in Linguistics 67.95-97 (1971) as well as the following two review articles: Maurice Leroy, "Histoire de la linguistique", RBPh 47.927-31 (1969) - which includes reviews of Malmberg 1964 (2nd Fr. ed., 1968) and Robins 1967 - and G. L. Bursill-Hall, "The History of Linguistics", CJL 15:2.143-50 (1970[l971 ]). Translations: 1. Historia de la lingüistica; desde los origines al siglo XX. Transl, into Span. by Felisa Marcos. Madrid: Edic. Gredos, 1968, 235 pp. 2. Storia della linguistica; dalle origini al XX secolo. transl. into It. by Maria Maglione. Milan: Feltrinelli, 1968, 204 pp.

1967. Neumann, Günter (b. 1920). Indogermanische Sprachwissenschaft 1816 und 1966: Zwei Gastvorträge ... . (= Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Kultur wissenschaft, Sonderheft 24.) Innsbruck: Sprachwissenschaftliches Inst., Univ. Innsbruck, 35 pp. Contains two papers: "Franz Bopp - 1816" (7-20), and "Zum Stand der Hethitolo gie" (23-35), the first consisting mainly of an appreciation of Bopp's achievements, the second essentially of a Forschungsbericht of studies of Hittite (1940-65).

1967. Quemada, Bernard (b.1926). Les Dictionnaires du français moderne (1539-1863): Étude sur leur histoire, leurs types et leurs méthodes. Thesis, Univ. of Paris. (Printed, Paris: M. Didier, 1968), 683 pp. The book is more of an analytical than a historical study; this includes chap.I, "Histoire et typologie des dictionnaires français" (37-261), though more or less chronological accounts are given from Robert Estienne's (1503-59) Dictionarium; seu, Linguae latinae thesaurus (Paris, 1539) to Emile Littré's (1801-81) Diction naire de la langue française (Paris, 1863). Cf. the "Relevé chronologique de réper toires lexicographiques français (1539-1863)" (567-634). Bibliography (25-33); index of authors (635-56). For a more historical account of roughly the same period (including earlier periods), consult Matoré 1968 (below). Cf. the reviews by Jean Bourguignon in RLR 34.429-32 (1970), and W. L. Wiley in FR 43.394-95 (1969-70).

1967. Robins, R(obert) H(enry, b.l921). A Short History of Linguistics. London: Longmans; Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press, 1968, viii + 248 pp. (2nd printing, 1970.) After an introduction (1-8), in which the author treats the problem of writing the history of linguistics, the following epochs are presented: the linguistic scholarship of ancient Greece (9-44) and Rome (45-65), the linguistic work of the medieval period (66-93), "The Renaissance and after" (94-132), "The eve of modern times" (133-63), comparative-historical linguistics in the 19th century (164-97), and lin guistics in the 20th century (198-240), with emphasis on pre-Chomskyan structural

52

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT work. Index (241-48). Each chap. has a selected bibliography and notes appended. Cf. the reviews by Francis P. Dinneen in GL 8.97-101 (1968); Georges Mounin in Lingua 22.389-92 (1969), and Maurice Leroy in JL 6.148-50 (1970). Translation: Breve storia della linguistica. transl. into It. by Giacomo Prampolini, ed. by Edgar do T(ito) Saronne. Bologna: Il Mulino, 1971, 314 pp. Note: Span. and Fr. transi have also appeared.

1967. Rosiello, Luigi. Linguistica illuminista. Bologna: Il Mulino, 217 pp. Contains the following three major chaps.: "Razionalismo, empirismo e illuminis mo" (11-104); "La grammatica generale" of the 17th and 18th centuries, with a critique of Chomsky's views on the topic (105-66), and "La linguistica come scienza empirica", 1816-1961 (167-210). Index of names (213-15); bibliographical footnotes. Cf. the reviews by Luigi Romeo in FI 3.321-23 (1969) and Giuseppe Carlo Vincenzi in LeSt 5.158-59 (1970).

1967. Telegdi, Zsigmond (b.1909). "Struktur und Geschichte: Zur Auffassung ihres Verhältnisses in der Sprachwissenschaft". ALH 17.223-43. An investigation of the concepts of structure and history, from the first edition of Grimm's Deutsche Grammatik (1819) to Chomsky's Current Issues (1964). Cf. also the following articles by the same author: 1) "Ueber die Entzweiung der Sprachwis senschaft", ALH 12.95-107 (1962); 2) "Zur Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft ('Allgemeine Grammatik')", ALH 16.225-37 (1966), and 3) "Begründungen der historischen Grammatik: Zur Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft", To Honor Roman Jakobson III, 1996-2005. The Hague: Mouton, 1967. See also Heinimann 1967 (above), for a similarly slanted article.

1967. Zeller, Otto. Problemgeschichte der vergleichenden (indogermanischen) Sprachwissenschaft. Osnabrück: Biblio Verlag, 151 pp., with portraits and facsimiles. Surveys, through the work of distinguished representatives of a given epoch, the development of IE linguistic studies from the 16th to the early 20th century. It contains the following chaps.: 1) "Die ersten Tastversuche der Humanisten Gesner, Megiser und [J. J.] Scaliger" (9-38); 2) "Leibnizens genialer Geistesblitz" (39-48); 3) "Der Durchbruch Friedrich Schlegels zur Indogermanistik" (49-67); 4) "Das Dreigestirn Rask - Bopp - Grimm" (68-110); 5) "Schleicher, der Vollender des sprachvergleichenden Systems" (111-24); 6) "Die Ursprungsfrage im Vordergrund [i.e., the debate of the IE Urheimat]" (125-47), from the work of Hehn (1870) to the study of Hirt (1905). Bibliographical note (150-51); no index.

1968. Berezin, F(edor) M(ixajlovič). Ocerki po istorii jazykoznanija v Rossii: Konec XIX - načalo XX v. [Sketches for the history of linguistics in Russia: From the close of the 19th to the beginning of the 20th centu ry]. Preface (3-24) by A(leksej) A(lekseevič) Leonťev. Moscow: Izd. "Nauka", 310 pp. Surveys the development of linguistic studies in Russia from the late 1860's to about 1930 in chaps. devoted to four main figures in the field: Filipp Fedorovič Fortunatov (1848-1914) and his work in IE philology (28-99); Jan Baudouin de


53

Courtenay (1845-1929) and his studies in general linguistics and Indo-European (100-50); Mikolaj Kruszewski (1851-87) and his linguistic theory (151-200), and Vasilij Alekseevič Bogorodickij (1857-1941) and his work in typology, phonetics, and other subjects (201-46). Concluding chap. on "German and 'Russian' Neogrammarians" (247-84). Detailed bibliography (290-303); no index. Cf. the reviews by D(onald) Barton Johnson in Linguistics 80.85-90 (15 March 1972), José Joaquin Montes Giraldo in Thesaurus 24.517-20 (1969), and Heinz Pohrt in DLZ 92.106-10 (1971).

1968. Chevalier, Jean-Claude (b.1925). Histoire de la syntaxe: Naissance de la notion de complément dans la grammaire française (1530-1750). (= Publications romanes et françaises, 100.) Geneva: Libr. Droz, 776 pp. (Also published as Thèse, Univ. of Paris, under the title of La Notion de complément... , etc.) The book consists of four major parts, each devoted to a particular epoch in the development of the study of (French) grammar in Western Europe: 1) "La genera tion de 1530" (27-170), actually beginning with Priscian and his followers, and including a brief survey of the Modistae (49-58), for instance; 2) "La seconde generation" (173-307), covering the period from J.  Scaliger (1540) to Petrus Ramus (d.1572); 3) "De Ramus à Port-Royal" (311-479), treating the period from Sanctius' Minerva (1587) up to the first appearance of the Port-Royal Grammar (1660), and 4) "La grammaire générale" (483-721), devoted to the Port-Royal grammar and the aftermath, inch the grammatical entries in the Encyclopédie. Detailed bibliography (733-56); index of names (757-64) and index of 'words and concepts' of primary and secondary sources (765-68). Cf. the review article by Julia Kristeva, "Objet, complément, dialectique", Critique No. 285.99-101 (Feb. 1971) and the reviews of the work by Jean Stefanini in LFr 1.110-15 (1969); Jacques Chaurand in FM 38.361-64 (1970); Alexandre Lorian in RomPh 23.581-85 (1969-70), and Birgit Scharlau in ASNS 207.227-30 (1970-71).

1968. Diderichsen, Paul (1905-64). Sprogsyn og sproglig opdragelse: Historisk baggrund og aktuelle problemer. Ed. posthumously by Niels Rosenkjaer, with a Preface (5-6) by Poul Levin. Copenhagen: Nyt Nordisk Forlag Arnold Busck, 254 pp. Contains much of interest to the history of linguistics, from the late 18th century to the early 20th century, with particular attention to Danish scholars, e.g., Jacob Baden (1735-1804), Johan Nikolai Madvig (1804-86), Hylling-Georg Wiwel (1851-1910), and others. Detailed notes (215-47); index of authors (249-54).

1968. Esper, Erwin A(llen, 1895-1972). Mentalism and Objectivism in Lin guistics: The sources of Leonard Bloomfielďs psychology of language. (= Foundations of Linguistics, 1.) New York: American Elsevier, ix + 246 pp. Although intended as an intellectual biography of Bloomfield, the study surveys particular (psycho-)linguistic ideas in Europe and America, from the views of Lazarus Geiger (1829-70), through Max Meyer (1873-1967) and Albert Vaul Weiss (1879-1931), to Leonard Bloomfield (1887-1949), including brief summaries of those held by Herder (86-88), Humboldt (52-54), and others. To this (85-208,

54

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT 209-19) is appended a criticism of post-1957 views of the relationship between linguistics and psychology held by Chomsky and his associates (219-33), views which E. feels had been treated much more adequately at the beginning of this century by Wundt, Delbrück, and Paul (15-81). Bibliography (234-44); Index of names and topics (245-46). Cf. the detailed reviews by David L. Olmsted in Lg 46.131-40 (1970) and John  Marshall in Semiotica 2.277-93 (1970). See also Arthur L. Blumenthaľs review, "Mentalism: A ghost in psycholinguistics", Contemporary Psychology 14:8.465-67 (1969), Esper's reply, "Blumenthal on Chomsky on Bloomfield", ibid. 15:3.253-54 (1970), and Blumenthaľs rejoinder, loc.cit., p.255.

1968. Hockett, Charles F(rancis, b.1916). The State of the Art. (=Janua Linguarum; series minor, 73.) The Hague: Mouton, 123 pp. Of interest to the history of (20th-century North American) linguistics, despite its display of personal views, is chap.l of the book, which mainly constitutes a violent attack on Chomskyan linguistic ideas, "The background" (9-37), which offers a "survey of the development of linguistic theory largely in the United States, from about 1900 up to about 1950". Cf. also Hockett 1965 (above). Bibliography (119-23); no index. Cf. Fred W(alter) Householder's review in JL 6.129-34 (1970) and the one by Frank R(obert) Palmer in Lg 45.616-21 (1969).

1968. Loja, Ja(n) V(iljumovič alias Jānis Viļuma, 1896-1969). Istorija lingvisticeskix učenij: Materialy k kursu lekcij. [History of linguistic science: Materials for lectures]. Moscow: Izd. "Vysšaja Škola", 308 pp. Rev. Russ. version of Loja 1961 (see above). A survey of the history of linguistics, with particular emphasis on post-1786 developments in the field, giving much biobibliographical information on European, incl. East European, and American scholars. Bibliography (259-77, for Russ. titles, 277-98, for others). Unlike Loja (1961:295-309), this book does not have an index of names. For a brief review, cf. Ladislav Horalik m JazA 1969/2.19-20.

1968. Matoré, Georges. Histoire des dictionnaires français. Paris: Larousse, 278 pp in-16°. Complements Quemada 1967 nicely (see above); see esp. part II, "Histoire des dictionnaires" (39-188) which surveys lexicographic work from antiquity to the 20th century. Index (271-75); no bibliography. Cf. the reviews by Jean Bourguignon in RLR 32.408-10 (1968), and Emilio Arcaini in LeSt 3.105-08 (1968).

1968. Pfeiffer, Rudolf (b.1889). History of Classical Scholarship: From the beginnings to the end of the Hellenistic age. Oxford: Clarendon Press, xviii + 311 pp. Though mainly concerned with philological scholarship and philosophy, the book contains sections of interest to the linguist, e.g., from the discussion of Plato's Cratylus (59-65) to the presentation of Dionysius Thrax's Téchne grammatiké (266-72). Extensive "General index" (291-307); no bibliography, but bibliog raphical footnotes. Cf. the reviews by Arnaldo Momigliano in Rivista Storica Italiana 80.377-80 (1968) and N(igel) G(uy) Wilson in CR N.S. 19.366-72 (1969).


55

Translation: Geschichte der klassischen Philologie: Von den Anfängen bis zum Ende des Helle nismus. transl. into G. by M. Arnold. Reinbek b. Hamburg: Rowohlt,1970, 374 pp. Cf. the review by Jürgen Werner in Gymnasium 78.559-61 (1971).

1968. Rocher, Rosane. Alexander Hamilton (1762-1824): A chapter in the early history of Sanskrit philology. (= American Oriental Series, 51.) New Haven, Conn.: American Oriental Society, xii + 128 pp. Though conceived as a biography of Hamilton, the study contains much valuable information for the history of Sanskrit studies in the West from the 1780's to the 1820's. Cf. esp. chap. 4, "The introduction of Sanskrit on the Continent" (34-63), which includes brief accounts of Louis Mathieu Langlès (1763-1824), the Schlegel brothers, Antoine-Léonard de Chézy (1773-1832), and a number of other scholars of the period. "Index nominuum" (125-28); no bibliography. For a suppl. to the study, consult R. Rocher, "New Data for the Biography of the Orientalist Alex ander Hamilton", JAOS 90.426-48 (1970). Cf. the review notes by A. L. Basham in JAOS 89.635-36 (1969) and P. J. Marshall in BSOAS 33, p.221 (1970).

1968. Soida, E(milija). Galvenas struturalisma skolas aizrobežu valodniecībā. [Main structuralist schools in foreign linguistics]. Riga: Latvijas Valsts Univ. I have been unable to locate a copy of this book; it is not mentioned in LB 1968-71 (1970-73).

1968. Tagliavini, Carlo (b.1903). Storia della filologia germanica. Bologna: R. Patron, xv + 231 pp., 65 fig. in the text. Survey of the development of Germanic philology, from the turn of the 19th cent., viz. the work of F. Schlegel, Rask, Bopp, J. Grimm, and others, to present-day research in the field (1-172, bibliographical notes, 173-82), and an additional section, "La filologia germanica in Italia" (183-216). Contains useful bio-bibliog raphical data. Index of authors (219-31). Cf. also the review by K(àroly) Mollay in ALH 19.445-46 (1969).

1969. Arens, Hans (b.1911). Sprachwissenschaft: Der Gang ihrer Entwicklung von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. (= Orbis Academicus, 1:6.) 2nd rev. and enl. ed. Freiburg & Munich: . Alber, xvi + 816 pp. (Repr., in 2 vols., Frankfurt/M.: Fischer & Athenäum, 1974.) See Arens 1955, for 1st ed. The new ed. has in particular material of post-SecondWorld-War linguistics added (the 1st ed. ended with selections from Brandal and Hjelmslev). The annotated anthology - the author prefers the term Problemge schichte to characterize his work - consists of three major parts: 1) "Die Wege zu einer Wissenschaft von der Sprache" (3-152), from the earliest (mythological) be ginnings until the inception of the 19th century; 2) "Die Sprachwissenschaft im 19. Jahrhundert" (155-399), from the 'founding fathers' of the 'new philology' to the public controversy between the neogrammarians and their opponents in the 1880's, and 3) "Die Sprachwissenschaft im 20. Jahrhundert" (403-736). Detailed bib liography arranged according to periods (758-98); index of authors (799-805) and subjects (806-16).

56

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT For further information, consult the review article by E. F. K. Kocrner in Lg 48:2.428-45 (1972). See also the review by Maurice Leroy in AC 39.642-44 (1970).

1969. Bolton, W(hitney) F(rench), and David Crystal (b.1941), eds. Vie English Language. Vol. 2: Essays by Linguists and Men of Lettres (1854-J 964). Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, xiii + 325 pp. For vol.1, sec Bolton 1966. This vol. is more linguistically oriented than the first one; the anthology includes selections from the work of Sweet, Sapir, Bloomfield, Fries, and a number of others, incl. living authors (Robert B. Lees, Hans Kurath, et al.) There is a "Select index of literary and linguistic topics" (314-25).

1969. Bruno, Lidia. Parantesco lingüístico. (= Filología y lingüística, 2.) Buenos Aires: Inst. de Filologia y Lingüística, Univ. del Salvador, viii + 85 pp. A historical sketch of the debate of the relationship among IE languages, offering at the same time a brief survey of the development of comparative-historical lin guistics from William Jones or, rather, the observations made by Gaston Coeurdoux (1691-1779) a few years before Jones, until the work of Schleicher (11-78). The most informative portion of the study is the one on Lorenzo Hervás (1735-1809) and his compilatory work (14-23). Bibliography (79-83); index (85).

1969. Coseriu, Eugenio (b. 1921). Einführung in die Strukturelle Linguistik. Authorized transcript from a course held in Winter 1967-68, comp, by Gunter Narr and Rudolf Windisch. Tübingen: Romanisches Seminar der Univ., 157 pp. Attempts, among other things, a historical account of the evolution of structural linguistics, which, according to C., begins with the work of Georg von der Gabelentz (1840-93) rather than Saussure (cf. pp.24, 38); cf. also E. Coseriu's art., "Georg von der Gabelentz et la linguistique synchronique", Word 23.74-100 (1967[l969]), in which views are put forward by . not shared by the present writer. The book contains no bibliography and no index.

1969. Coseriu, Eugenio. Die Geschichte der Sprachphilosophie von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart: Eine Uebersieht. Part I: Von der Antike bis Leibniz. Comp. from lectures delivered in 1968-69 by Gunter Narr and Rudolf Windisch. Tübingen: Romanisches Seminar der Univ., vi + 162 pp. (Also as No. 11 of "Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik", 1970. A rev. version appeared in 1974.) The survey includes the following major sections - after a discussion of the „philo sophische Problematik" (11-17): Heraclitus (19-26); Plato (27-31), philosophical questions of language immediately preceding him (31-34), his Cratylus (35-51), and problems in the philosophy of language discussed in other works of Plato (52-56), followed by a summary of Plato's most important ideas (57-58); Aristotle (59-83), and his most influential concepts (84-95); the Stoics (96-104); St.Augustine (105-23); language philosophy in the middle ages (124-36); language philosophy of the Renaissance, e.g., Juan Luis Vives (1492-1540), and of John Locke and Leibniz (137-38, 139-48, and 149-55, respectively), with a concluding chap, entitled "Kurzer Ausblick auf die Sprachphilosophie nach Leibniz" (156-62). No index; annotated bibliography (1-10).


57

1969. Jacob, André. 100 points de vue sur le langage: 270 textes choisis et présentés, avec introduction et bibliographie. (= Publications de la Faculté des Lettres et Sciences humaines de Paris-Nanterre; Points de vue, 1.) Paris: C. Klincksieck, 637 pp. The compilation of texts from the writings of philosophers, philologists, linguists, semioticians, theologians, etc. of two-and-a-half millenia contains five major parts: 1) "Langage et philosophie" (19-156); 2) "Langage et art" (157-258); 3) "Langage et culture" (259-360); 4) "Langage et science" (361-479), and 5) "Langage et linguistique" (481-605). Index of names (607-17) and subjects (618-25); bibliog raphies, often unreliable and incomplete, are sandwiched between the sections and the many subsections of this 'anthology'. Cf. the reviews by E. F. K. Koerner in Linguistics 95.86-94 (1 Jan. 1973), and by M. Pravda in ČMF 52.173-74 (1970).

1969. Kelly, Louis G(erard, b.1935). 25 Centuries of Language Teaching: An inquiry into the science, art, and development of language teaching methodology, 500 B.C. - 1969. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House, xi + 474 pp.,27 ill.(Repr., 1976.) In his many chaps, devoted to all aspects of language teaching, e.g., "Getting the language across" (5-87), "Making the language a habit" (89-180), etc., the author offers selections from ancient and modern authors, illustrating their particular views on the topic. The book contains a large bibliography (409-65) of almost 1,500 titles of primary (411-55) and secondary (456-65) sources. Index of authors (472-74).

1969. Lockwood, W(illiam) B(urley). Indo-European Philology: Historical and comparative. London: Hutchinson, 193 pp. Includes a chap. entitled "Language study before the nineteenth century" (11-22) and another on the "Foundations and development of comparative Indo-European philology" (23-33), which discuss the contributions of Dionysius Thrax, Varro, Dante, and others, before 1800, and, in the second chap., the contributions of Rask, Bopp, Grimm, the neogrammarians, esp. Saussure and his Mémoire (28-29), in the 19th century. The information given here is less reliable than the accounts in Gray 1939 or Meillet 1912 (see above), to cite only two similar accounts. Cf. the review by Gordon B. Ford, Jr. in Lg 46:1.146-49 (1970).

1969. Malkiel, Yakov (b.1914), and Margaret (Hoffman) Langdon (b.1939?). "History and Histories of Linguistics". Romance Philology 22.530-74. This survey of the 'state of the art' in the history of linguistic contains a number of insightful remarks on the subject matter of writing the history of the study of language by Malkiel (532-40, and 541-66 where he reviews the books by Sebeok 1966, Leroy 1963, Ivić 1965, Malmberg 1964, and Lepschy 1966). The co-author reviews the studies by Leroy (567-69), Ivić (569-71), and Malmberg (571-72) from the North-American linguist's point of view. "Bibliographical guide" (573-74). In 1964, Malkiel published "Bibliographical Notes: History of linguistics", RomPh 17.823-28, on the occasion of Waterman 1963 (see above).

1969. Putschke, Wolfgang. "Zur forschungsgeschichtlichen Stellung der jung grammatischen Schule". Zeitschrift für Dialektologie und Linguistik 1 (= Zeitschrift für Mundartforschung 36), 19-48. Supplements nicely the accounts by Specht 1948 and Strunk 1965 (see above). The

58

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT article surveys the development of historical-comparative linguistics from around 1800 to the 1880's, with an analysis of both the non-linguistic influences on· the discipline and the successive stages in the reconstruction of the IE vocalic system.

1969. Salus, Peter H(enry, b.1938), comp. On Language: Plato to von Hum boldt. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, ν + 201 pp. An anthology with selections from the works of Plato, Aristotle, Varro, Quintilian, Donatus, St.Anselm, Peter of Spain, Arnauld and Nicole, Rousseau, Herder, William Jones, and Humboldt, with an Intr. (1-17) and a bibliography (199-201) by the ed. Cf. the reviews by E. F. K. Koerner in Lingua 25.419-31 (1970) and by W. Keith Percival in GL 10.51-56 (1970).

1969. Stephenson, Edward A. "Schools of Modern Linguistics: Is a rapproche ment possible?". Emory University Quarterly 23:4.222-61, 261-62 (discussion) (1967[c. 1970]). Inspired by Hocketťs 1965 paper (see above), the author expatiates on the four 'breakthroughs' in linguistics since Bopp before investigating traditional and struc tural approaches to phonology, esp. with regard to the questions of sound change, and syntax (traditional, structural, transformational, and stratificational ap proaches).

1969. Uitti, Karl D(avid, b.1933). Linguistics and Literary Theory: A struc tural and historical overview of the relationship governing linguistics and literary speculation in the Western tradition. Foreword (vii-x) by Richard Schlatter. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, xv + 272 pp. See esp. part I, "Language, thought, and culture" (1-104), which surveys the study of language from Plato and Aristotle to modern times. There is no bibliography but an index (267-72). Cf. the critical reviews by Michael J. Gregory in CJL 14:149-52 (1968-69) and by D. Wilson in Glossa 6:2.225-33 (1972); for a more sympathetic account, sec Yakov Malkieľs review article, "Linguistics (including its History) and the Humanities: Two new approaches to a fluid relationship", RomPh 23.323-35 (1969-70), esp. pp. 326-31.

1970. Arrivé, Michel and Jean-Claude Chevalier, eds. La Grammaire: Lectures. (= Initiation à la linguistique', Serie A, 3.) Paris:  Klincksieck, 321 pp. An anthology of linguistics texts from the 16th to and including the 20th century, with commentary by the editors: 1., "La grammaire française du XVI e au XIX e siècle" (15-120), presented by Chevalier; II, "De Saussure à Togeby" (113-210), and III, "Les grammaires contemporaines" (21 3-306), presented by Arrivé. The vol. contains selections from and/or accounts of the works by Palsgrave, Sylvius, Ramus, Vaugelas, and others in the 16th and 17th centuries as well as by Guil laume, Tesnière, Brøndal, Greimas, and others in the 20th century. Cf. the reviews by Alexandre Lorian in RomPh 26:2.407-1 1 (1972) and by Maurice Leroy in RBPh 50.972-73 (1972).

1970. Blumenthal, Arthur L. (b.1936). Language and Psychology: Historical aspects of psycholinguistics. New York-London-Toronto: J. Wiley & Sons, xii + 248 pp.


59

Combining introductory comments and selections from particular authors, the book offers a survey of the development of the various psychological, biological, experimental, philosophical, etc. approaches to language, from Wundt, Paul, Marty, Bühler, and others during the period 1875-1930 to the theories of Lashley, Chomsky, G. A. Miller, Lenneberg, and others during the 1950's and 1960's. Bib liographical footnotes; index of names (245-48). Cf. the reviews by Erwin A. Esper in Lg 47.979-83 (1971) and Wilbur A. Hass in HL 1:1.111-16 (1974[c.l973]).

1970. Chevalier, Jean-Claude. "L'histoire de la grammaire: Quelques ouvrages récents". Revue Romane 5.145-58. Cf. also Chevalier 1968 and Arrivé & Chevalier 1970 (above). Survey of recent studies in the history of 17th and 18th-century Fr. linguistics, e.g., Donzé 1967; cf. also Karl D. Uitti, "Descartes and Port-Royal in two Diverse Retrospects", RomPh 23:1.75-85 (1969).

1970. Draganu, Nicolae (1884-1939). Storia della sintassi generale. transl. by Paola Bardelli Plomteux from the Rumanian, with a Preface (vii-xvi) by Carlo Tagliavini, and a bio-bibliographical account of Draganu (xviixxvii). Bologna: R. Patron, xxx + 490 pp., and many fig. in text. It. version, with notes by Tagliavini, of Draganu 1945 (see above). The book con stitutes a condensed survey of the study of syntax from antiquity to the be ginning of the 20th century. Accounts of the linguistic ideas of most scholars presented in this volume are much too brief to be satisfactory; the wealth of bio-bibliographical information - see esp. the bibliography (399-476) - and the index of authors (479-86), however, render it a useful reference work.

1970. Dubois, Claude-Gilbert. Mythe et langage du seizième siècle. (= Collec tion Ducros, 8.) Bordeaux: G. Ducros, 175 pp. A study of Renaissance opinions on language and its origin; the main chaps, are entitled "La mythologie du verb" (17-92); "Quelques bases d'une science du lan gage" (93-138), and - the probably most important chap. - "Contre le mythe de la langue originelle: Eléments pour une étude génétique positive du langage" (95-108). Bibliography of primary (145-56) and secondary (157-61) sources; index of names (163-67) and subjects (169-72).

1970. Helbig, Gerhard. Geschichte der neueren Sprachwissenschaft; unter dem besonderen Aspekt der Grammatik-Theorie. Leipzig: Bibliogr. Inst.; Munich: M. Hueber, 1971, 392 pp. (2nd ed., 1973.) After a brief discussion of the linguistic methods of Bopp, Rask, and Grimm (11-14), the neogrammarians (14-20) and the aftermath (20-32), including the neo-idealist movement (22-26), Helbig presents the essentials of Saussure's doctrine (33-45). He then surveys and, frequently, explicates the various structural ap proaches to grammar, including various 'functional' and 'inhaltsbezogen' ones, but esp. the models put forward by Tesnière, Glinz, Fries, Harris, and Chomsky. Detailed bibliography (355-81), and indices of authors (382-85, excluding those mentioned in the footnotes) and of subjects and terms (386-92). Cf. the review by Bernhard Sowinski in Germanistik 12:668-69 (1971 [1972]).

1970. Herndon, Jeanne H. À Survey of Modem Grammars. New York: Holt,

60


Rinehart & Winston, xiii + 208 pp. (2nd enl. ed., 1976), 384 pp. See esp. the introd. chap., "Two thousand years of language study" (7-23), which gives a brief account of the development of the field from the Greeks to transfor mational-generative theories.

1970. Jacobson, Rodolfo. "Some Aspects of the History of Linguistics". The London Dialect of the Late Fourteenth Century: A transformational analysis in historical linguistics by R. Jacobson, 14-29. The Hague: Mouton, 193 pp. Summarizes briefly the essential linguistic views of Humboldt, Steinthal, Hermann Paul, and others as well as those of Whitney, Boas, Sapir, Bloomfield, Harris, and Chomsky.

1970. Kovács, Ferenc. Nyelvi struktúrák, nyelvi törvények Budapest: Akadé miai Kiadó, 309 pp. For details, see E. transl. below (Kovács 1971).

1970. Lepschy, Giulio C(iro). A Survey of Structural Linguistics. London: Faber & Faber, 192 pp. Rev. and updated E. version of Lepschy 1966 (see above). After a general introd. (21-41), in which the author presents the background of structural linguistic notions, the theories of Saussure (42-52), the Prague (53-64) and Copenhagen (65-73) schools, and various other structuralist trends in Europe and America are surveyed. The vol. contains very useful bibliographical details in the notes section (151-79); it carries an index of terms (183-86) and of names (187-92). Cf. the reviews by Francis P. Dinneen in JL 287-91 (1971), E. F. K. Koerner in Linguistics 91.93-101 (15 Oct. 1972), and - though based on the original It. ed. Yakov Malkiel in RomPh 22.561-66 (1969).

1970. Michael, Ian. English Grammatical Categories, and the tradition to 1800. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, xvi + 622 pp. A very thorough study of the works on English grammar from Bullokar's Bref Grammar (1586) to around 1800, preceded by a survey of the European gram matical tradition from antiquity to the Renaissance (9-143). The vol. contains very informative bibliographical appendices of Greek and Latin grammatical works (540-44; listed in chronological order, 545-46), English grammars (547-87, listed in chronological order, 588-94), and other primary and secondary works (595-606). Index of subjects and authors (609-22). Cf. the reviews by Emilio Lorenzo in RSEL 1.434-37 (1971) and by Jeffrey F. Huntsman in HL 1:2.264-75 (1974).

1970. Morelli, Giuseppe. Ricerche sulla tradizione grammaticale latina. I:1 (= Ricerche di storia della lìngua latina, 9.). Preface (9-10) by Alfredo Ghiselli. Rome: Ediz. dell'Ateneo, 130 pp. The book consists of the following major sections: "Sulla tradizione del de metris di Aftonio" (25-68): "Struttura del de syllabis di Mario Vittorino" (71-76);"I modi delle sillabe ... in ... Vittorino" (79-90), and "Apollonio Discolo e і grammatici latini del IV secolo" (93-1 30). There is no index; bibliographical footnotes through out the text; selected bibliography (16-19).

1970. Posner, Rebecca. "Thirty Years on". (Supplement to) An Introduction


61

to Romance Linguistics, its schools and scholars by Iorgu Iordan (and John Orr), 2nd ed., 393-579. Oxford: . Blackwell, xi + 593 pp. Cf. Iordan 1937 (above), for details on the first E. transi. Posner's supplement covers the period of roughly 1937-1967 in Romance linguistic scholarship, with a de tailed bibliography (548-79) including post-1967 references. "Index of proper names" (588-93). Cf. the reviews by Curtis Blaylock in GL 11.140-42 (1971), Zarko Muljacić in AGI 56.71-75 (1971), E. F. K. Koerner in Linguistics 143.10307 (1975), and, for a partisan account, Yakov Malkiel, "A Straightforward Report on the Latest 'Crises' in Romance Linguistics", RomPh 216-24 (1971-72).

1970. Scaglione, Aldo D(omenico, b. 1925). Ars Grammatica: A bibliographic survey. Two essays on the Grammar of the Latin and Italian subjunctive, and a Note on the ablative absolute. (= Janua Linguarum; series minor, 77.) The Hague: Mouton, 151 pp. Of particular interest for historians of linguists is the first section of the book, "The historical study οf ars grammatica: A bibliographic survey" (11-43), which contains much useful bibliographical material on the topic of the study of classical grammar as reflected in 19th and 20th-century scholarship. Index of authors (145-51). From the large number of reviews, the following deserve mention: David H. Kelly in American Classical Review 2:1.53-54 (1972); W. Keith Percival in Lg 50:3 (to appear); Corrado Rosso in Rivista di letterature moderne e comparate 24:1.68-71 (1971); Karl Uitti in RomPh 27:2.221-26 (1973), and Diego Zancani in HL 1:3.418-21 (1974).

1970. Steiner, Roger J(acob, b.1924). Two Centuries of Spanish and English Bilingual Lexicography, 1590-1800. (= Janua Linguarum; series practica, 108.) The Hague: Mouton, 130 pp. in small-40. Presents the lexicographic work from John Thorius in 1590 to Thomas Connelly and Thomas Higgins in 1797-98 (15-102), with a concluding chap., "Summary, evaluation, and conclusions" (103-07). See also Appendix D, "A chronological listing of Spanish dictionaries before 1600' (115-19). Bibliography (120-26); index (127-30). Cf. the review by Jacob Ornstein in Linguistics 132.123-25 (1974).

1971. Bolelli, Tristano, ed. and transi. Linguistica generale, strutturalismo, lin guistica storica: Testi, note introduttive, indici. Pisa: Nistri-Lischi, xvii + 578 pp. Sequel to Bolelli 1965 (see above), this anthology includes selections from the 'Theses' of the leading members of the Prague School of 1929 (1-21) to a paper byMaurice Leroy of 1969 on the question whether linguistics is an abstract or a human science (538-54). Index of proper names (555-60); index of subjects (560-77). See also the review by Giulio . Lepschy in Linguistics 117.115-17 (1 Dec. 1973).

1971. Bursill-Hall, G(eoffrey) L(eslie, b.1920). Speculative Grammars in the Middle Ages: The doctrine of partes orationis of the Modistae. (= Ap proaches to Semiotics, 11.) The Hague: Mouton, 1972, 424 pp. This thorough and very detailed analysis of the linguistic work of the late Middle Ages (37-326) contains also two chaps. of more general interest: "A short history of grammar in ancient and mediaeval Europe" (15-36), and the conclusion. "The

62

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Modistae and modern linguistic theory" (327-41). Bibliography (400-06), and indices of authors (407-13), examples cited (414-17), names (418-19), and subjects (420-24). See also Bursill-Hall 1972. Cf. the review article by Jean Stefanini, "Les modistes et leur apport à la théorie de la grammaire et du signe linguistique", Semiotica 8.263-75 (1973), and the review by Louis G. Kelly in CJL 18:2.177-81 (1973).

1971.Cloeren, Harmann-Josef (b. 1934), ed. Philosophie als Sprachkritik im 19. Jahrhundert: Textauswahl I. Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: FrommannHolzboog, 244 pp. An anthology with selections from the linguistic-philosophical writings of Karl Leonhard Reinhold (1758-1823), Otto Friedrich Gruppe (1804-76), and Conrad Hermann (1819-97), son of the great classical philologist Gottfried Hermann (1772-1848). Index of names (243-44); brief bibliographical note (p.23). Cf. also Schmidt 1971 (below), for a sequel to this vol.

1971. Hymes, Dell (Hathaway). "Morris Swadesh and the First 'Yale School"'. The Origin and Diversification of Language by Morris Swadesh (1909-67), ed. posthumously by Joel Sherzer, 228-70. Chicago: AldineAtherton; London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1972, xviii + 350 pp. Cf. also Hymes 1963 (above); the article is a critical historical account of the Boas-Sapir linguistic-anthropological tradition in which Swadesh figured so promi nently.

1971. Kovács, Ferenc. Linguistic Structures and Linguistic Laws. transl. from the Hung. by Sándor Simon. Budapest: Akad. Kiadó; Amsterdam: B. R. Grüner, 398 pp. E. transl. of Kovács 1970 (see above); of particular interest to the historian of linguistics is the chap. entitled "Genesis and evolution of the concept of linguistic law" (220-44), in which the work in comparative linguistics in the 19th century is presented. The subsequent chaps. (244-96, 297-302, 302-07, etc.) investigate the influence of neogrammarian thought on Hungarian linguistics, an account which may be supplemented by István Szathmári's paper, "An outline of the history of Hungarian linguistics", The Hungarian Language ed. by Loránd Benkö and Samu Imre, 349-77 (Bibliography, 375-77). Budapest: Akad. Kiadó; The Hague: Mouton, 1972. Bibliography (385-92); index of authors (393-98). Cf. the reviews by Zoltán Szabó in RRLing 16.446-48 (1971), by István Terts in ALH 22.206-10 (1972), and by John Hewson in HL 1:3.411-18 (1974).

1971. Kühlwein, Wolfgang (b.1940), ed. Linguistics in Great Britain, I: History of linguistics. (= English Texts, 14.) Tübingen: M. Niemeyer, viii + 148 pp. A book of extracts from the work of King Alfred (849-901) in the 9th century to Henry Sweet (1845-1912) in 1900, with a bibliography (139-46); in 1970, the same ed. published a compilation of linguistic writings by British scholars which had appeared between 1931 and 1969 entitled Linguistics in Great Britain, II: Contemporary linguistics (Tübingen: Niemeyer); cf. the review of the latter item by E. F. K. Koerner in JL 8.342-45 (1972). For a critical account of the 1971-book, scc E. F. K. Koerner in ASNS 211.108-15 (1974).


63

1971. Romeo, Luigi (b.1926), and Gaio E(ugene) Tiberio. "Historiography of Linguistics and Rome's Scholarship". Language Sciences 17.23-44 (Oct. 1971). A survey of recent studies devoted to Latin grammar (including Scaglione 1970), with detailed notes (37-41) and a bibliography (41-44).

1971. Schmidt, Siegfried J. (b.1940), ed. Philosophie als Sprachkritik im 19. Jahrhundert: Textauswahl IL Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: FrommannHolzboog, 251 pp. Cf. also Cloeren 1971 (above). Selections from the linguistic-philosophical writings of Gustav Gerber (1820-1901), F. Max Müller (1823-1900), and Georg Runze (1852-1922), with a preface (9-16), a brief bibliography (17-18), and an index of authors (249-51).

1971. Szemerényi, Oswald (John Louis, b. 1913). Richtungen der modernen Sprachwissenschaft. Part I: Von Saussure bis loomfield, 1916-1950. Heidelberg: . Winter, 148 pp. The book consists of the following major sections: "Ferdinand de Saussure [sources of his linguistic ideas, the main components of his theory, and the'Geneva School']" (19-52); "Die Prager Schule" (53-97) - including an analysis of Karl Bühler's Sprachtheorie (90-96); "Die Kopenhagener Schule" (98-104), and "Die amerika nische Linguistik I (bis 1950)" (105-48). Bibliographical footnotes; no index. Cf. the reviews by Robert Godei in Kratylos 16.87-88 (1971 [1973]), by Herbert L(eopold) Kufner in Lingua 33:2.167-69 (1974), and by T(homas) L(loyd) Markey in HL 1:1.129-36 (1974[c.l973]).

1972. Antal, László, ed. Aspekte der Semantik: Zu ihrer Theorie und Geschich te, 1662-1969. Frankfurt/M.: Athenäum, 348 pp. An anthology consisting of extracts from the work of Arnauld and Nicole's PortRoyal Logic (1662), Karl Reisig's (1792-1829) posthumous Vorlesungen über la teinische Sprachwissenschaft (Leipzig, 1839), Bréaľs 1883 statement on the place of semantics in linguistics, via the various post-Saussurean writings on the topic (e.g., Weisgerber, Trier, Benveniste, Hjelmslev) to Ullmann and the semantics debate in America in the period between 1943 (Bloomfield's article on "Meaning") and 1969 (papers by -Hillel and Chomsky). There is neither a bibliography nor an index.

1972. Bursill-Hall, G. L., ed. Thomas of Erfurt: Grammatica speculativa. Latin text with English translation and commentary. London: Longman, xii + 340 pp. Cf. also Bursill-Hall 1971 (above). Apart from the text-ed., the book contains two introductory chaps, of a more general interest: "Ancient and mediaeval gram matical theory" (4-28), and "De Modis significandi or Grammatica speculativa" (28-126). Cf. the review of this vol. (together with Bursill-Hall 1971) by L. G. Kelly in HL 1:2.201-19 (1974). Cf. also Jean Stéfanini's review article, "Les modistes et leur apport à la théorie de la grammaire et du signe linguistique", Semiotica 8.263-75 (1973).

1972. Coseriu, Eugenio. Die Geschichte der Sprachphilosophie von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. Part II: Von Leibniz bis Rousseau. Comp. from lec-

64


ture notes by Gunter Narr. (= Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik, 28.) Tübingen: G. Narr, [viii +] 250 pp. (2nd rev. ed., 1975.) Sequel to Coseriu 1969 (1970), see above. After a general introduction (1-16) devoted to a discussion of the status of language philosophy within linguistic science, and a résumé of the contents of part I (17-56), the book contains the following chaps, under the general heading "Die verschiedenen Richtungen der Sprachphilosophie in der Neuzeit": (British) Empiricism, esp. George Berkeley (1685-1753) and David Hume (1711-76) on pp.58-68, Giambattista Vico (1668-1744) on pp.69-128, Christian Wolff (1679-1754) on pp.129-39, Johann Heinrich Lambert (1728-77) on pp.140-49), Johann Werner Meiner (1723-89) on pp.150-68, Johann Peter Süssmilch (1707-67) and Dietrich Tiedemann (1748-1803) on pp.169-70, James Harris (1709-80) on pp.171-81, Adam Smith (1723-90), Joseph Priestley (1733-1804), James Burnett, Lord Monboddo (1714-99), and John Horne Tooke (1736-1812), as representatives of 18th-century English philosophers of language - i n addition to Harris (pp.183-88, 188-93, 193-204, and 204-211, respectively). The book concludes with a chap. on 18th-century French philoso phers, in particular Condillac, Diderot, and Rousseau (212-47), and an "Ausblick" (248-49). There are a few bibliographical references dispersed in the vol. (cf. pp.2, 69-71, 250) but no comprehensive bibliography has been supplied. Many other • philosophers of language are mentioned in the book, but there is no index to facilitate their location.

1972. Ducrot, Oswald, and Tzvetan Todorov (b.1939). Dictionnaire encyclo pédique des sciences du langage. Paris: Editions du Seuil, 470 pp. See esp. the first major section entitled "Les écoles" which offers a survey of western linguistic thinking from the Port-Royal Grammar (1660) to linguistic theory in 1970 in the following chaps.: "Grammaires générales" (15-19); "Lin guistique historique au XIX e siècle" (20-28); "Saussurianisme" (29-35); "Glossématique" (36-41); "Fonctionalisme" (42-48); "Distributionalisme" (49-55), and "Lin guistique générative" (56-63), but also the appendix, "Linguistique ancienne et médiévale" (64-67), all of which include useful bibliographical footnotes. Index of terms (455-67) and of authors (468-70).

1972. Hentschke, Ada (Babette, b.1942), and Ulrich Muhlack (b.1940). Ein führung in die Geschichte der klassischen Philologie. Darmstadt: Wissen schaftliche Buchgesellschaft, [v +] 150 pp. Though it contains little information on linguistics proper, useful information may be gleaned from it, especially the periods of the Renaissance and Humanism (14-65), and the 19th-century trends (Idealism, Neo-Ηumanism, and Positivism, 65-106). See also the interesting chap. on Nietzsche's critique of Positivism and Historicism in philological studies (106-14). Selected bibliography of primary (143-46) and secondary (147-50) sources; no index.

1972. Malmberg, Bertil (b.1913), ed. Readings in Modern Linguistics: An anthology. Stockholm: Läromedelsförlagen; The Hague: Mouton, [vii+] 384 pp. A collection of articles devoted to various aspects of linguistic study which ap peared between 1937 (E. and K. Zwirner's paper on phonometrics) and 1964 (E. H. Lenneberg's "Biological perspective of language"). Apart from a 2-page introd. by


65

the ed. (1-3), there are no annotations of the papers selected, nor is there a bibliog raphy or index. For the historian of linguistics the following texts are of particular interest: Antonio Tovar, "Linguistics and prehistory" (1954, 28-50); Ernst Cassirer, "Structuralism in modern linguistics" (1945, 78-96); Louis Hjelmslev, "Structural analysis of language" (1947, 97-105); Einar Haugen, "Directions in modern lin guistics" (1951, 252-66), and Eric Buyssens, "Origine de la linguistique synchro n i c s de Saussure" (1961, 267-81).

1972. Mounin, Georges. La Linguistique du XXe siècle. (= Le Linguiste, 13.) Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 253 pp. in-16°. Sequel to Mounin 1967 (see above), though less an attempt at history-writing than the earlier volume. In 11 individual chaps. the life and work of the following linguists is presented: Whitney (15-26), Baudouin de Courtenay (27-37), Meillet (38-47), Saussure (48-68), Jespersen (69-83), Sapir (82-96), Trubetzkoy (97-110), Bloomfield (111-25), Hjelmslev (126-36), Jakobson (137-53), Martinet (154-69), Harris (170-88), and Chomsky (189-224). There is a general introduction (5-13) and a concluding chap., "Marxisme et linguistique" (225-52), but no index. Each chap. has bibliographical references appended; a more general (though very brief) bibliography is on pp. 11-12.

1972. Pinborg, Jan. Logik und Semantik im Mittelalter: Ein Ueberblick. Epilogue (209-11) by Helmut Kohlenberger. Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt: Frommann-Holzboog, 216 pp. A survey of medieval logic and semantics from Gerbert of Aurillac (Pope Silvester I, d.1003) to Paulus Venetus (d.1429). Bibliography (181-95); index of names (213-14) and a selected index of terms and subjects (215-16). Cf. the review article by Francis P. Dinneen, S.J. in HL 1:2. 221-49 (1974).

1972. Salmon, Vivian. The Works of Francis Lodwick: A study of his writings in the intellectual context of the seventeenth century. London: Long man, xii + 263 pp. Though centred around the 17th-century merchant-scholar Francis Lodwick (1619-94), author of treatises on orthography, phonetics, and universal language, the study contains, in addition to a biographical account (3-11) of Lodwick, an evaluation of his linguistic work (105-56) as well as an annotated edition of several of his writings (166-230, 235-46, 251-54), etc., two more chaps. offering a general picture of the intellectual scene of 17th-century England, one more general (43-71), concerned with religion, commerce, science, education and various aspects of communication (oral, kinematic, written, etc. codes), the other (72-104) more devoted to linguistic work and debate on language, especially where the relationship between 'words and things', the question of the origin of language, and the stan dardization of the vernacular are concerned. There is a brief bibliography (255-58) and an index of names and topics (259-63). Cf. the reviews by Michael Dobrovolsky in CJL 19:1.84-86 (1974) and by Herbert E. Brekle in Anglia 92. 416-19 (1975).

1972. Scaglione, Aldo (Domenico, b.1925). The Classical Theory of Composi tion; from its origins to the present: A historical survey. (= University of North Carolina Studies in Comparative Literature, 53.) Chapel Hill,

66


N.C.: Univ. of North Carolina Press, [viii +] 447 pp. A study on the evolution of the (rhetorical) theory of sentence structure, including word order, from antiquity until the mid-20th century. The chaps, are entitled: "Antiquity" (8-96); "The Middle Ages" (97-125); "The Renaissance" (126-58); "Baroque and Enlightenment" (159-336) - surveying the philological, esp. syntac tic and stylistic, work done during 1600-1800 in Erance, Italy, and England - and "Modern Theory: Linguistic approaches to the problem" (337-97). The vol. contains a "Basic bibliography" (405-33), arranged alphabetically by epoch, and an index of authors and topics (434-47). Cf. the reviews by Corrado Rosso in LeSt 8:2.356-61 (1973), by Susan Gallick in Language Sciences 29.25-28 (Eebr. 1974), and - together with Scaglione 1970 (see above) - Diego Zancani in HL 1:3.422-26 (1974). See also Paolo Valesio's review article, "The Art of Syntax and its History", LeSt 9:1.1-30 (1974).

1972. Timpanaro, Sebastiano (b.1923). "Friedrich Schlegel e gli inizi della lin guistica indoeuropea in Germania". Critica Storica 9:1.72-105. Though primarily concerned with the linguistic ideology behind E. Schlegeľs On the Language and Wisdom of the Indians (1808), the article offers an insightful analysis of late 18th and 19th-century views of language and their intellectual background. A rev. E. version prepared by J. Peter Maher has appeared in the new ed. of Schlegeľs Lieber die Sprache und Weisheit der Indier (Amsterdam: J. Benja mins, 1977), pp. xi-lvii.

1972. Vàrvaro, Alberto. "Storia delle lingue: Passato e prospettiva di una cate goria controversa". Romance Philology 26:1.16-51, 2.509-31. A survey of the study of language from the 18th century to contemporary linguistic pursuits, with particular attention to Romance linguistics and a discussion of present-day commitments in the field. Cf. also Vàrvaro 1966 (above).

1973. Apresjan, Ju(rij) D(erenikovič). Principles and Methods of Contempo rary Structural Linguistics. (= Janua Linguarum; Series minor, 144.) Transl. from the Russ. by Dina B. Crockett. The Hague: Mouton, 349 pp. For details, see Apresjan 1966 (above, p.44). Cf. the reviews by Gero Fischer in WSlJb 19.71-74 (1973) on the G. (Munich, 1971) edition, by Andrzej Boguławaski in Miesięcznik Literacki 8.139-40 (1973) on the Pol. (Warsaw, 1971) ed., and by Mortéza Mahmoudian in FL 13:3.485-89 (1973) on the Fr. (Paris, 1973) ed. - The E. version has a chap. added (274-300) on "Models of Semantic Analysis and Syn thesis".

1973. Best, Karl-Heinz. Probleme der Analogieforschung. (= Commentationes Societatis Linguisticae Europaeae, 6.) Munich: Max Hueber, 118 pp. Part I (13-60) of the former Univ. of Bochum 1971 diss. consists of a historical ac count of the concept of analogy from the ancients to the neogrammarians and some of their 20th-century followers. - Cf. the review by Raimo Anttila in HL 2:1.91-95 (1975).

1973. Collado, Jésus-Antonio (b. 1929). Historia de la lingüística. Madrid: Edit. Mangold, 238 pp. A survey of the development of linguistics from antiquity to N. Chomsky's A spec ts (1965), the bulk of the vol. being devoted to 19th and, in particular, 20th-century


67

trends, e.g., from Bopp to the neogrammarians (57-120), structuralism in Geneva (133-46), Prague (147-82), Copenhagen (183-98), and the United States (199-230). Index of authors (233-36).

1973. Davis, Philip W(ayne, b.1939). Modern Theories of Language. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.. Prentice-Hall, XII, 404 pp. The and and and

book treats in individual chaps. the theories of Saussure, Hjelmslev, Trubetzkoy others of the Prague Circle, Firth, Bloomfield and his followers, Pike, Lamb, Chomsky. -Cf. the reviews by Werner Abraham in Germanistik 16:1.28 (1975), R. H. Robins in Lg 51:4.980-83 (1975).

1973.Ducrot, Oswald. "Linguistique". Panorama des Sciences humaines ed. by Denis Hollier, 471-531. Paris: Gallimard. A survey of the development of certain (especially French) linguistic traditions, from the 17th century to the present day: "Des Grammaires générales au Transformationalisme" (475-86); "La Linguistique historique" (487-96); "La Linguistique structurale (496-512), and "Le Transformationalisme (512-29). "Notes" (530-31). The narrative is interdispersed with quotations from various authors, including Beauzée and Douchet, Bopp and Schleicher, Saussure and Chomsky, etc.

1973. Forsgren, Kjell-Åke. Zur Theorie und Terminologie des Satzlehre: Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der deutschen Grammatik von J. C. Adelung bis K. F. Becker, 1780-1830. Göteborg: Inst. für deutsche Sprache, Univ. Göteborg, VII, 217 (typed) pp. Contrary to the title this study contains a brief account of earlier, 17th and 18th, century theories of syntax as well as frequent references to 19th and 20th century views. A revised version is in preparation.

1973. Gardner, Thomas J. (b.1932). Hauptströmungen der modernen Lin guistik: Chomsky und die generative Grammatik. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 176 pp. Contrary to its main title the book is largely an account of the various stages in the development of transformational theory. - Cf the review by J. Peter Maher in HL 1:3.403-05 (1974).

1973. Gusdorf, Georges. L'Avènement des sciences humaines au siècle des Lumières. (= Les Sciences humaines et la conscience occidentale by G. Gusdorf, 6.) Paris: Payot. Part III (197-372) is devoted to "Linguistique et philologie". Cf. esp. the chap. "La préhistoire de la linguistique historique et comparée" (360-72).

1973. Ivić, Milka. "Geschichte der Linguistik". Lexikon der Germanistischen Linguistik ed. by Hans Peter Althaus, Helmut Henne and Herbert Ernst Wiegand, 80-93. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, XVI, 675 pp. A brief survey of the history of linguistics from the ancients to the 20th century. Bib. (91-93).

1973. Jacob, André (with the collaboration of Pierre Caussat and Robert Nadeau). Genèse de la linguistique. Paris: A. Colin, 333 pp. An anthology, with commentary, of texts from Leibniz, J. Hams, and A. Court de

68

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Gébelin in the 18th century, Humboldt, Bopp, Schleicher, Brugmann & Osthoff, Paul, Whitney in the 19th (the latter as well as J. Baudouin de Courtenay and Saus sure being arranged under the heading "Fin XIXe - début XXe siècle"), and Bloomfield, Trubetzkoy, Jakobson, Martinet, Hjelmslev, Firth, Tesnière, Guillaume, Benveniste, and Chomsky in the 20th century. - Cf. the reviews by Georges Mounin in Linguistique 10:1.146-47 (1974), Robert-Léon Wagner in BSL 69:2.94-95 (1974), and Ştefan Giosu in SCL 26:1. 72-74 (1975).

1973.Koerner, E(rnst) F(rideryk) K(onrad, b.1939). Fredinand de Saussure: Origin and Development of his Linguistic Thought in Western Studies of Language. A contribution to the history and theory of linguistics. (= Schriften zur Linguistik, 7.) Braunschweig: F. Vieweg, XL, 428pp. (2nd printing, 1974.) This attempt to delineate the development of Saussure's theory and to trace the sour ces of actual or possible, direct or indirect, influence on him contains detailed ac counts of 19th-century scholars such as Whitney, Paul, Sievers, Baudouin de Courte nay, Kruszewski, G. von der Gabelentz, Finck, and various other linguists of the period.- Cf. the reviews by R. H. Robins in Kratylos 18:1.11-16 (1973-74), Wil fried Kürschner in Germanistik 16:1.40 (1975), Maria Iliescu in SCL 26:2.69-72 (1975), Elmar Seebold in ZDL 42:3.303-07 (1975), István Terts in ALH 25:1/2. 215-17 (1975), Giulio . Lepschy in RPh 30:4.623-25 (1977), W. Keith Percival in Lg 53:2.383-405 (1977), and Rolf Hiersche in GGA 229:3/4.270-92(1977).

1973. Malmberg, Bertil. "Linguistique européenne et linguistique américaine à la lumière du débat actuel". MSpråk 67:4.359-75. A brief account of linguistic ideas from Plato's Cratylus to modern linguistic debates.

1973.Rey, Alain. Théorie du signe et du sens. Lectures I. Paris: Klincksieck, 299 pp. The vol. traces the interest in semantic and semiological ideas from antiquity to Saussure in 2 parts, "Le poids philosophique" (13-197) and "Sémantique et étude des langues" (201-63), and altogether 12 sections, from "Les propositions grecques" (13-44) to "Revendication d'un domaine: Michel Bréal et la Sémantique; Ferdinand de Saussure et la sémiologie" (247-63). The book is an anthology rather than a regu lar historical account; as a result the subject (267-90) and name (291-93) indices are of particular importance.

1973. Robins, R(obert) H(enry). Ideen- und Problemgeschichte der Sprach wissenschaft. Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des 19. und 20. Jahr hunderts. Autorisierte, mit einem Nachwort versehene Übersetzung aus dem Englischen von Christoph Gutknecht und Klaus-Uwe Panther. (= Schwerpunkte Linguistik und Kommunikationswissenschaft, 16.) Frankfurt: Athenäum, 176 pp. Contrary to the indication in the BL 1973.77 (item 2007), according to which this book is a translation of Robins 1951 (cf. above, p. 26), or the wide-spread opinion that it constitutes a Transl. of Robins 1967 (cf. above, p. 51), the present vol. is an independent study whose English original exists in MS form only. In fact, the trans lators added a chap. on transformational grammar. - Cf. the reviews by Jens-Peter


69

Köster in IRAL 13.84-85 (1975), and by Eduard Benes in ZDL 42.301-02 (1975).

1973. Schmidt, Lothar, ed. Wortfeldforschung: Zur Geschichte und Theorie des sprachlichen Feldes. (- Wege der Forschung, 150.) Darmstadt: Wissenschaftl. Buchgesellschaft, XVIII, 502 pp. An anthology of essays devoted to the subject of 'semantic field' and related areas of research, with an introd. (vii-xviii) by the ed. Contributors are Jost Trier (18941970), Walter von Wartburg (1888-1971), Leo Weisgerber (b.1899), Walter Porzig (1895-1961), Gunther Ipsen (b. 1899), Helmut Gipper (b. 1919), and others. Index of names (485-89); index of subjects and concepts (489-500).

1973. Schneider, Gisela. Zum Begriff des Lautgesetzes in der Sprachwissen schaft seit den Junggrammatikern. (= Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguis tik, 46.) Tübingen: TBL Verlag, 277, XXIX, (7) pp. This former diss., Univ. of Saarbrücken, covers more ground than the title implies, as it includes a discussion of the concept of sound law and its application prior to the 'manifesto' of 1878 by Osthoff and Brugmann. - For a detailed review, see Terence H. Wilbur in HL 2:1.110-24 (1975).

1973. Zagórski, Zygmunt. "Zarys Rozwoju językoznawstwa polskiego w wiel kopolsce (do r. 1918)". Nauka w wielkopolsce, 473-98. Poznań: Wydaw nictwo poznańskie. An account of the development of linguistics in Poland in the later 19th century and the early 20th century. Of particular interest is the presentation of the secon dary lit. (473-74, and notes, 491-98).

1973. Berezin, F(edor) M(ixajlovič). Xrestomatija po istorii russkogo jazykoznanija [Anthology on the history of Russian linguistics]. Moscow: Izd. "Vysšaja škola", 503 pp. A selection from the works of scholars living in Russia, beginning with M. V. Lomonosov's Russian Grammar (1755) and ending with D. N. Kudravskij's Introduc tion to Linguistics (1913), with a preface (3-4), introductory statements concerning the periods between 1) the second half of the 18th century and the first decades of the 19th (5-23); 2) the second to the fifth decade of the past century (54-66); 1850-1870 (97-135), and 4) 1870-1914 (265-308), and an epilogue (476-500). There is neither a bib. nor an index. - Cf. the review article by T. M. S. Priestly in HL 4 : 1 . 69-88 (1977).

1973. Boyadjiev (Bojadžiev), Jivco (Živko, b.1936). "Neolingvistikata: Idejni osnovi, saštnost, teoretični problemi". Annuaire de l'Université de Sofia; Faculté de philologies slaves 67:1.135-217. (Sep. ed., Sofìa: Univ. of Sofia, 1975,85 pp.) Fr. summary, "La néolinguistique: Ses fondements idéologiques, son essence, ses pro blèmes théoriques" (215-16). Following a brief exposition of the linguistic ideas of Vico, who is regarded as a percursor of the neolinguistic theories in Italy and Ger many (139-41), the aesthetic philosophy of Croce is expounded (142-57). There follow accounts of Vossler and Spitzer (157-61), portraits of Bartoli, Bertoni, and, subsequently, Pisani, Devoto, Pagliaro, Nencioni and others (161-84), and analyses of particular aspects of the 'neolinguistic position' (184-208). Conclusion (208-11);

70

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT select bib. (212-14). - Cf. the reviews by Klaus Steinke in SCL 26:3.302-03 (1975), and Solomon Vaimberg in RRL 21:4.550-51 (1976).

1973. Naumann, Hans, ed. Der moderne Strukturbegriff: Materialien zu seiner Entwicklung. (= Wege der Forschung, 155.) Darmstadt: Wissenschaftl. Buchgesellschaft, VI, 434 pp. The vol. consists of a collection of articles - most of them Transl. from the French by Wolfram Schäfer - which originally appeared between 1921 and 1966. It includes the following 'classic' statements of post-Saussurean linguistic theory: Joseph Vendryes' (1875-1960) "Le caractère social du language et la doctrine de Saussure" of 1921 (7-15); Witold Doroszewski's (1905-76) "Quelques remarques sur les rapports de la sociologie et de la linguistique: Durkheim et F. de Saussure" of 1933 (46-56); Nikolaj (Sergeevič) Trubetzkoy's "La phonologie actuelle" of the same year (57-80); Emile Benveniste (1902-75), "Nature du signe linguistique" - cf. also Benveniste 1974 (above) - of 1939 (81-88); Niels Ege, "Le signe linguistique est arbitraire" of 1949 (105-27); Claude Lévi-Strauss (b.1908), "Structural Anthro pology" of 1952 (128-83); André Martinet (b.1908), "Structural Linguistics" of the same year (184-206), and Louis Hjelmslev's plea of 1957, "Pour une sémantique structurale" (249-69). More recent articles include Eric Buyssens, "Le structuralisme et ľarbitraire du signe" of 1960 (296-315), and Algirdas Julien Greimas, "Structure et histoire" of 1966 (421-34). There is neither an index nor a comprehensive biblio graphy of structuralism.

1974. Ashworth,E(arline) J(eanette, b.1939). Language and Logic in the PostMedieval Period. (= Synthese Historical Libary, 12.) Dordrecht/Holland & Boston: D. Reidel, XV, 304 pp. This study of Renaissance theories of language in Western Europe consists of the following chaps.: I, "Historical introduction" (1-25); II, "Meaning and reference" (26-117); III, "Formal logic. Part one: Unanalyzed propositions" (118-86), and IV, "Formal logic. Part two: The logic of analyzed propositions" (187-252). These are followed by an appendix of Latin texts (253-81), a bibliography of primary (282291) and secondary (291-95) sources, and an index of names (297-304). Of particular interest to the historian of linguistics is the introductory chap. which includes the following topics: "The publication of medieval works", "Scholasticism in Italy and Germany". "Scholasticism in France and Spain", "Humanism", "Rudolph Agricola and his influence", "Petrus Ramus and his influence", "Seventeenth century logic: Eclecticism", "Humanism and late scholasticism in Spain", "Other schools of logic [in the late 16th and early 17th century]", and "A note on terminology [i.e., on logica and dialectica]".

1974. Benware, Wilbur A(lan, b.1937). The Study of Indo-European Vocalism in the 19th Century; from the beginnings to Whitney and Scherer: A critical-historical account. (= Studies in the History of Linguistics, 3.) Amsterdam: John Benjamnins, XII, 126 pp. The study examines the efforts of scholars to come to terms with the comparison of vowels in the IE languages from around 1800 to the eve of the neogrammarian era. It consists of the following chaps.: 1, "Basic concepts of language and the meth odology for its study in the early 19th century" (1-17); 2, "Vocalism and vowel


71

change: Rask, Grimm, Bopp" (19-38) 3, "Vowel gradation after Bopp [A. F. Pott, Adolf Holtzmann, Theodor Jacobi et al.]" (39-53); 4, "Proto-Indo-European, 'sound laws' and vowels" (54-65); 5, "The reconstruction of proto-vowels" (66-83), and 6, "Conclusion" (84-91). Bib. (97-121); index of authors (123-26). - Cf. the review by Henry M. Hoenigswald in HL 2:2.238-41 (1975).

1974. Berezin, F(edor) M(ixajlovic), ed. Metodologičeskie problemy istorii jazykoznanija. (= Teorija i istorija jazykoznanij, 2.) Moscow: Akad. Nauk SSSR, Inst. Naučno Informacii po Obščestvennym Naukam, 251 pp. The vol. consists of 3 major sections: Part I (original contributions) consists of the following papers: "Saussure's philosophy of language" (9-27) by N(atalija) A (leksandrovna) Sljusareva; "Methodological principles of American linguists" (2864) by A. D. Svejcer, and "On the philosophical principles in A. A. Potebnja's lin guistic theory" (65-83) by F. M. Berezin; Part II consists of detailed analyses of the following histories of linguistics: (1) Georges Mounin, Histoire de la linguistique (Paris: PUF, 1967) and (2) the same author's La Linguistique du XXe siècle {Ibid., 1972) by I. G. Torsueva (84-110 and 111-36, respectively), and (3) of Gerhard Helbig, Geschichte der neueren Sprachwissenschaft (Leipzig: Bibliogr. Inst., 1970) by N. A. Sljusareva and V. S. Strax ova (137-77); Part III contains (a) a Transl. in abridged form, of Jan Baudouin de Courtenay's (1845-1929) 1909 Pol. "Sketch of a history of linguistic science" - cf. HL 1:1.91-92 (1974) for a full reference - pre pared by S. E. Nefedov (181-234), with a complete table of contents (178-79), and a brief foreword by A(leksej) A(lekseevic) Leont'ev (180-81), and (b) a Transl. of Saussure's lecture on morphology of the early 1890's first published by Robert Godel in his Geneva School Reader (Bloomington & London: Indiana Univ. Press, 1969), prepared by N. A. Sljusareva (235-51).

1974. Christmann, Hans Helmut (b.1929). Idealistische Philologie und moderne Sprachwissenschaft. (= Internationale Bibliothek für Allgemeine Lin guistik, 19.) Munich: W. Fink, 157 pp. An account of the 'neolinguistic school', its historical background (e.g., Humboldt), main initiators (Croce and Vossler), development and present position(s). - Cf. the reviews by Giuliano Bonfante in AGI 60.228-41 (1975), and by Carlo de Simone in HL 2:3.385-89 (1975), for details.

1974. Fontaine, Jacqueline. Le Cercle linguistique de Prague. Paris: Maison Marne, 185 pp. This survey of the Prague 'school' consists of the following chaps.: "Naissance du C[ercle] L[inguistique de] P[rague]" (9-22); "Le manifeste [of the CLP of 1929]" (25-40); "Le C. L. P., héritier de Saussure" (43-70); "La phonologie [praguoise]" (73-103); "Les études grammaticales" (107-32); "L'étude poétique" (135-46), and "Place du C. L. P. dans l'histoire de la linguistique" (149-46). Extremely brief bib. (185).

1974. Hymes, Dell (Hathaway, b.1927), ed. Studies in the History of Linguis tics: Traditions and paradigms. Bloomington & London: Indiana Univ. Press, VIII, 519 pp.

72

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Collection of papers that were first presented at 2 symposia held in Austria in 1964 and in Chicago in 1968, with an important introd. by the ed. (1-38). The topics of the individual contributions range from Babylonian grammatical doctrines and the linguistic tradition in India to papers such as Rulon Wells' "Phonemics in the 19th century, 1876-1900" (434-53), John  Greene's "The history of science and his tory of linguistics" (487-501), and others. There is no index. - Cf. the reviews by R. H. Robins in HL 2:2.244-49 (1975), and by Paul and Vivian Salmon in Lg 52:2. 499-502(1976).

1974. Kilbury, James S(tephen, b.1946). "The Emergence of Morphophonem ics: A survey of theory and practice from 1876 to 1939". Lingua 33. 235-52. K. associates the beginning of morphophonemics with Baudouin de Courtenay's 1876 lectures, he traces its development to Trubetzkoy's Grundzüge (1939). For a complementary statement, see R. S. Wells' article mentioned in the preceding entry. For an expatiation, see Kilbury 1976 (below).

1974. Linker, William Murray III. A History of Research in Indo-European Verb Endings from Franz Bopp to Calvert Watkins, 1816-1969. Ph.D. diss., Univ. of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, N.C., 163 (typed) pp. The study consists of 4 major chaps. devoted to the linguistic theories put forward in the following periods: 1) Bopp to Schleicher, 2) the Neogrammarians, 3) Herman Hirt, and 4) the modern period (roughly 1940-1970). Cf. DA b 35:6.3713A (1974) for a detailed summary.

1974. Müller, Jörg Jochen (with the collaboration of Reinhard Behn, KarlHeinz Götze et al.), ed. Literaturwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaften 2: Germanistik und deutsche Nation 1806-1848: Zur Konstitution bürgerlichen Bewusstseins. Stuttgart: J. B. Metzler, X, 383 pp. Although the period and the area covered in this vol. is fairly restricted, its inclusion may be justified by the importance of the German contribution to the development of language study in the first half of the 19th century. Cf. especially the essay by the ed., 'Germanistik - eine Form bürgerlicher Opposition" (5-112), which con tains valuable information on the development of German philology, and the article by Jutta Strippel, "Zum Verhältnis deutscher Rechtsgeschichte und deutscher Philo logie" (113-66), which includes a detailed account (141-66) of Jacob Grimm.

1974. Murphy, James J(erome, b.1923). Rhetoric in the Middle Ages: A history of rhetorical theory from Saint Augustine to the Renaissance. Berkeley-Los Angeles-London: Univ. of California Press, XIV, 395 pp. The study consists of the following chaps.: I, "The four ancient traditions" (3-42); II, "Saint Augustine and the age of transition, A.D. 400 to 1050" (43-88); III, "Survival of the classical traditions" (89-132); IV, "Ars poetriae: Preceptive gram mar, or the the rhetoric of verse-writing" (135-93); V, "Ars dictaminis: The art of letter-writing" (194-268), and VI, "Ars praedicandi: The art of preaching" (269355). An "Epilogue: Rediscovery and implications" (357-63), an appendix on "Figures of diction and of thought from Rhetorica ad Herennium, Book IV" (365-74), and an extensive index (375-95) round off the informative study.


73

1974. Waterhouse, Viola G(race). The History and Development of Tagmemics. (=Janua Linguarum; Series critica, 16.) The Hague: Mouton, 145 pp. The work surveys the development of a theory and a method of linguistic analysis closely associated with Kenneth Lee Pike (b.1912) and his followers. It consists of the following major parts: I, "Introduction", subdivided into an 'Introductory preview' (5-7), a 'historical introduction' (8-17), and a 'development via scholars' (18-24); II, "Development of Hierarchies" (27-56), which is a presentation of the languages studied on the various levels of analysis within the tagmemic framework; III, "Development of Material" (59-85), which surveys the literature listed in full in the bib. (108-40), and IV, "Development by Years" (89-107), which gives an account of the major publications and events in chronological order from 1957 to 1971. Index of authors (141-45).

1975. Amirova, T(amara) A(leksandrovna), B(oris) A(ndreevič) Oľxovikov, and Ju(rij) V(ladimirovič) Roždestvenskij. Očerki po istorii lingvistiki [A sketch of the history of linguistics]. Moscow: Glavnaja redakcija vostočnoj literatury izd. "Nauka", 559 pp. A history of linguistics from antiquity to the beginning of the 20th century con sisting of the following chaps.: 1, "Language theory in antiquity" (32-110); 2, "Language theory in the middle ages" (111-76); 3, devoted to the 16th to 18th century; 4 and 5, foundation of historical and comparative linguistics (257-318), 319-414); 6, the Neogrammarians and their contemporaries (415-77), and 7, the emergence of a new approach to language associated with the work of Baudouin de Courtenay, Schuchardt, Vossler, and others (478-540). - Cf. the detailed re view by Jivco Boyadjiev in HL 2:3.379-85 (1975).

1975. Arens, Hans. La lingüistica: Sus textos y su evolucion desda la antigüedad hasta neustros dias. Transl. into Spanish by José María Díaz-Raganón López. (= Biblioteca Romanica Hispanica; III. Manuales, 37.) Madrid: Edit. Gredos, 1097 pp. in 2 tomes. Span, transl. of Arens 1969 (see p.55, above), with no addition except for slight revisions of the original bib. (989-1058). Vol.2 (531ff.) begins with part 3 of the 'Problemgeschichte', "La lingüística en el siglo XX".

1975. Berezin, F(edor) M(ixajlovič). Istorija lingvističeskix učenij [History of linguistic studies]. Moscow: Izd. "Vysšaja škola", 304 pp. This history of linguistics from the early beginnings to the present consists of the following major chaps.: I, "The rise of the linguistic science", covering the Indian, Greek, Roman, and Arabic grammarians, though only very briefly (5-15); II, "Lin guistics of the 14th to 18th centurues", from Dante to M. V. Lomonosov (16-30); III, "General and comparative-historical linguistics in the 19th century", which B. begins with a brief account of early 19th-century linguistic work in Russia, before presenting the traditional story of Bopp and Rask (31-42); IV, "Humboldt's lin guistic concepts" (43-63); V, "Linguistics in Russia in the 1830's to 1860's" (6476); VI, "A. A. Potebnja's linguistic views", offering a valuable account of an important 19th-century scholar generally ignored in the histories of linguistics (76-98); VII, "A. Schleicher's linguistic views", which is inspired by A. V. Desnickaja's laudable attempt (cf. VJa 20:6.3-15 [1971]) to correct the popular

74

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT picture of Schleicher's theory of language (99-108); VIII, "The neogrammarian school in linguistics", which centers around the work of Brugmann, Osthoff, Paul, Delbrück, and Leskien during the 1870's and 1880's (109-28); IX, " F . F. Fortunatov's linguistic concepts" (129-44), followed by a brief exposition of the views of his pupils (14449) - cf. also HL 3:1.127-39 (1976); X, "The Kazan school of linguistics", which includes (155-62) an acocunt of Kruszewski's linguistic ideas, celebrates Baudouin de Courtenay and gives a brief account of Bogorodickij, but does not mention other associates of the Kazan circle (150-77); XI, " F . de Saussure's linguistic theory" (178-89), in which the main lines of Saussure's doc trine are sketched and comparable ideas by his contemporaries, e.g., Baudouin de Courtenay, are discussed; XII, "Sociology and linguistics", which discusses, after a presentation of particular views held by Engels, Marx, Lenin, and Paul La Fargue (1842-1911), the sociological theories of Comte, Tarde, and Durkheim, and the sociolinguistic ideas of Littlé and Meillet and his 'school' (199-213); XIII, "Structural linguistics", surveys the ideas of the major representatives of the Prague School (215-33), of Hjelmslev and his early associates (215-48), and of Boas, Sapir, and Bloomfield and his 'school' (248-66): Chomsky is only mentioned in passing: the final chap. is entitled "Soviet linguistics" (167-98) and presents the theories of Marr (271-74), his most prominent pupil, I. I. Mescaninov (174-76), and a number of his contemporaries, e.g., E. D. Polivanov (1891-1938), D. V. Bubrix (1890-1949), N. F. Jakovlev (b.1892), I. Ju. Kračkovskij (1883-1951), and others; this is followed by an account of the linguistic views of Scerba, A. I. Smirnickij (1903-54), V. V. Vinogradov, and others. The index of names lists only authors whose ideas have been treated at some length or at least mentioned; foreign names are not given in their original orthography (299-301). There is no bibliography. — Cf. other accounts by the same author, namely Berezin 1968 (pp.52-53, above), and Berezin 1974 (above) and 1976 (below).

1975. Bernštejn, S(amuil) B(orisovič). "The Question of Scientific Schools and Trends in Linguistics". Linguistics 157.5-12. A comment on A. A. Leont'er's Preface to Berezin 1968 (above).

1975. Blecua, José Manuel. Révolución en la lingüística. (= Biblioteca Salvat de Grandes Temas, 87.) Barecelona: Salvat Editores, (.1973), 143 pp. The author distinguishes 3 distinct periodes in the development, namely, I, 18161916, i.e., from Bopp's Conjugationssystem to Saussure's Cours (40-56); II, 191657 (Saussure as the theorist that paved the way for the 'revolution' in linguistics [57-80]), and III, the 'triumph of the revolution' (1957ff.): generative grammar (81-142). The book contains an interview with Chomsky (8-31). Brief bib. (143). Cf. the anon. review note in Yelmo no.24.47 (1975).

1975. Droixhe, Daniel. La Genèse de la linguistique scientifique de 1650 à 1800: Dogme, grammaire générale et histoire. Thèse de doctorat, Univ. of Liège, 635 (typed) pp. (in 2 vols.) A thorough account of the development of grammatical principles in 17th and 18th century France. A revised version is in press (Geneva: Droz).

1975. Fischer-Jørgensen, Eli (b.1911). Trends in Phonological Theory: An historical introduction. [Chaps. 1-9 Transl. into E. by Niels Davidson-


75

Nielsen]. Copenhagen: Akademisk Forlag, XXIII, 474 pp. This comprehensive and very informative account of 20th-century phonological theories and schools includes a chap. on "Forerunners of phonological theory" (4-18), which, apart from the 'theories' of the so-called First Grammarian (cf. HL 3:2.203-23, for a critical view), treats ideas put forward by Sweet, Winteler, Bau douin de Courtenay, Saussure, and others. Cf. HL 4:1.120 (1977) for details; see also the reviews by Josef Vachek in Lingua 39.165-66 (1976), Joan B. Hooper in Lg 53:1.215-18 (1977), and Zarko Muljacić in LeSt 12:4.654-57 (1977).

1975. Knowlson, James R. Universal Language Schemes in England and France 1600-1800. Toronto & Buffalo: Univ. of Toronto Press, XII, 301 pp. A careful study on the development of abstract language schemes and 'philosophi cal' languages in Europe (incl. Leibniz and Comenius), with particular regard to France (Descartes, and his followers) and England (Dalgarno, Wilkins and others). - Cf. the reviews by Emma Vorlat in HL 3:3.354-59 (1976), and by Vivian Sal mon, "A Tongue for Everyone", in TLS (28 Nov. 1975), 1403-04.

1975. Sebeok, Thomas A(lbert), ed.-in-chief (Hans Aarsleff, Robert Austerlitz, Dell Hymes, and Edward Stankiewicz, associate editors). Historiography of Linguistics. (= Current Trends in Linguistics, 13.) The Hague: Mouton, XVIII, 1518 pp. (in 2 volumes). See also Sebeok 1963ff. (p.39, above). The voluminous work brings together individual studies concerning particular periods in the history of linguistics commis sioned by the series editor and written during 1971-73 (Hymes & Fought's study appears to have been completed somewhat later). It consists of some 20 contribu tions arranged under 2 major headings, namely, I, "Western Tradition", and II, "Areal [i.e., areas outside this tradition]". They are printed in chronological order: "India [i.e., the Sanskrit tradition]" by Rosane Rocher (3-67); "Classical Antiquity: Greece" by Jan Pinborg (69-126); "Classical Antiquity: Rome" by Luigi Romeo (127-77); "The Middle Ages" by G. L. Bursill-Hall (179-230); "The Grammatical Tradition and the Rise of the Vernaculars" by W. Keith Percival (231-75); "The Seventeenth Century" by Herbert E. Brekle (277-380; "[Editor's (read: Hans Aarsleffs note]", 380-83; "The Eighteenth Century, including Leibniz" by Hans Aarsleff (383-479); "Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie im Zeitalter der Romantik" by Helmut Gipper and Peter Schmitter (481-606); "Language Classifi cation in the Nineteenth Century" by Anna Morpurgo Davies (607-716) - tome II - "European Structuralism - early beginnings" by E. F. K. Koerner (717-827); "European Structuralism: Saussure" by Rudolf Engler" (829-86); European Structuralism: Post-Saussurean schools" by Guilio C. Lepschy (887-902); "Ameri can Structuralism" by Dell Hymes and John Fought (903-1176 [sic]), and "His toriography of Phonetics: A bibliography" by Robert Austerlitz (1179-1209). "The Far East" by Roy Andrew Miller (1213-64); "Linguistics among the Arabs" by Haim Blanc (1265-83); "The Hebrew Tradition" by Nahum M. Waldman (12851330); "Native North America" and "Native Ibero America" by Herbert Landar (1331-57 and 1359-77, respectively). A Part III consists of a "Bibliography of the History of Linguistics" by Edward Stankiewicz (1381-1446), which contains little, if anything, that could not be found in the bibliographies the other contributors appended to their studies (cf. pp. 45-67, 121-26, 131-77, 220-30, 263-75, 350-82,

76

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT 404-10, 457-79, 578-606, 683-716, 809-27, 878-886, 894-902, 1146-76, 11801209, 1262-64, 1276-83, 1316-30, 1344-57, and 1373-77 = some 380 pp. in all). "Biographical notes" (1449-54) on the contributors and indexes of names (14551510) and languages (1511-18) round off the vol., which will serve, despite a number of shortcomings, as an important tool for historians of linguistics for many years to come. - On the question of the volume's "unevenness", cf. the following quotation from Thomas A. Sebeok's "Editor's Introduction" (p. [II]): "It is un avoidable that a series [i.e., Current Trends in Linguistics] of such immense scope should contain articles of varying quality: I tried to set forth the causes - if not excuses - for this previously. However, in none of the earlier volumes was it necessary to reject so many commissioned contributions, to make so many com promises, to risk so many enmities, and still be left with a book that will doubtless be stamped "uneven" - luckily, graced by not a few superb chapters, but also marred by some of marginal worth."

1975. Steiner, T(homas) R(obert, b.1934). English Translation Theory 16501800. (= Approaches to Translation Studies, 2.) Assen & Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, VIII, 159 pp. Substantially revised version of the author's 1967 Columbia Univ. dissertation this study consists of 2 major parts: "The Theory", from the early beginnings in Western civilization to the work of Alexander Fraser Tytler, Lord Woodhouselee (1747-1813), and "The Documents" consisting of brief accounts, with illustrating excerpts from their works, of the following authors: John Denham (1615-69), Abraham Cowley (1618-67), John Dryden (1631-1700), Wentworth Dillon, Earl of Roscommon (16337-1685), Laurence Echard (16707-1730), Alexander Pope (1688-1744), William Guthrie (1708-1770), Thomas Gordon (d.1750), Philip Francis (17087-1773), Thomas Franckiin (1721-84), Samuel Johnson (1709-84), George Colman (1732-94), Christopher Smart (1722-71), William Cowper (17311800). Notes (143-55) and an "Index of Names and Principal Subjects" (157-59) conclude the vol. - Cf. also the review of this book by R. van den Broeck in LB 66:2.23941 (1977).

1975. Vignuzzi, Ugo, Giulianelle Ruggiero, and Raffaele Simone, eds. Teoria e storia degli studi linguistici: Atti del settimo Convegno internazionale di Studi (Roma, 2-3 giugnio 1973). Rome: Bulzoni, VI, 610 pp. (in 2 vols.) Proceedings of a conference largely devoted to the history of linguistics, the most interesting ones of which include: Rudolf Engler, "La dissociazione del segno [in Saussure]" (27-30); Robert Godei, "La nozione della lingua [in Saussurean linguistics]" (3949); Luigi Rosiello, "Rilevanza teorica degli studi di storia della linguistica" (91-97); Raffaele Simone, "Teoria linguistica e storia della linguistica" (115-50) - cf. the revised Fr. version, "Théorie et histoire de la linguistique", HL 2:3.353-78 (1975) - ; Francesco Antinucci, "I presupposti teorici della lin guistica di Franz Bopp" (153-74); René Amacker, "Saussure e gli universali lin guistici" (175-205); Bice Garavelli Mortara, "Per una storia della 'grammatica ragionate' in Italia: ľ'Analisi del linguaggio' di Marino Gigli [1782-?]" (247-59); Maria Vittoria Giuliani and Annarita Puglielli, "Aspetti teorici dell'ellissi nella tradizione grammaticale" (261-80); Paolo Ramat, "Friedrich Engels tra antro-


77

pologia e linguistica" (347-59) - cf. the revised G. version, "Friedrich Engels zwischen Anthropologie und Sprachwissenschaft", HL 2:3.335-51 (1975) - Leo nardo Maria Savoia, "Prospettive teoriche e potenzialità di confronti nell'opera di Gustave Guillaume" (361-89); Emilio d'Agostino, "Storia, problemi e metodi dell'insegnamento linguistico negli Stati Uniti (1940-1960)" (419-42), and Annibale Elia, "I fondamenti scientifici della didattica linguistica in Europa tra Ottocento e Novecento" (443-507). The discussions on a number of papers presented at the conference printed in the proceedings (543-95) include statements by Tullio De Mauro, Luis J. Prieto, and many others on the papers by Engler (548-50), Godei (551-57), Simone (561-70), li (570-72), Amacker (572-74), and Ramat (578-86). An "indice analitico" (579-610) concludes the vol. - Cf. the review by I. A. Śfcekina in Obščestvennye nauki za rubelom; Serija 6: Jazykoznanie 1976/3. 19-23 and 45-50 (Moscow: Akad. Nauk SSSR).

1975. Vorlat, Emma. The Development of English Grammatical Theory 15861737; with special reference to the theory of parts of speech. Leuven: Leuven Univ. Press, XIV, 478 pp. According to the author's Preface (p.viii) the "present work is not a rewriting of this memoir [i.e., her 1963 doctoral dissertation - cf. pp.41-42 (above)], though the largest part of my earlier findings have been included in it." - Cf. Barbara M. H. Strang's critical review in HL 3:3.314-16 (1976).

1976. Berezin, F(edor) M(ixajlovič). Russko e jazykoznanie: Konca XIX - načala XX v. [Russian linguistics: From the end of the 19th to the beginning of the 20th century]. Moscow: Izd. "Nauka", 366 pp. After a brief introd. (3-8) the study — which constitutes a thorough revision and expansion of Berezin 1968 (cf. pp.52-53 above, for details) - consists of the following chaps.: I, "The problematic nature of A. A. Potebnja's conception of general linguistics" (9-39); II, "Basic elements of Potebnja's system of syntax" (40-71), III, "The creative path and early period of F. F. Fortunatov's activity" (72-86); VI, "Questions of comparative-historical linguistics in Fortunatov's works" (87-118); V, "Some general linguistic views of Fortunatov" (119-32); VI, "The comparative-historical method in A. A. Šaxmatov's works" (133-49); VII, "The problem of the interrelationship between language and thought in Šaxmatov and its expression in his doctrine of syntax" (150-70); VIII, "General problems in the works of I. A. Baudouin de Courtenay" (171-92); IX, "Questions of morpho logy and typology in the works of Baudouin de Courtenay" (193-216); X, "N. V. Kruszewski and the general problems of linguistics in his works" (217-40)"; XI, "Problems of phonetics and morphology in the works of Kruszewski" (214-63); XII, "Some questions concerning the Indo-European problem and the typology of languages in the linguistic investigations of V. A. Bogorodickij" (264-87); XIII, "Questions concerning the morphological structure of the word in the works of Bogorodickij" (288-303), and XIV, "The German and 'Russian' variety of the neogrammarian doctrine" (304-33). The vol. is concluded by an appendix, "A brief description of the archives of Potebnja, Fortunatov, Šaxmatov, Baudouin de Courtenay, Bogorodickij, and Kruszewski" (336-45), a bib. (346-59), a üst of abbreviations (360), an index of names (361-64), and a table of contents (365-66). - Cf. the review by Jivco Boyadjiev in HL 4:3.388-91 (1977).

78


1976. Diderichsen, Paul (1905-64). Rasmus Rask und die grammatische Tradi tion: Eine Studie über den Wendepunkt in der Sprachgeschichte [sic]. Transl. from the Danish by Monika Wesemann. Munich: W. Fink, 181 pp. Dan. original, Rasmus Rask og den grammatiske tradition (Copenhagen: E. Munksgaard, 1960) - cf. the reviews of this work by Karl Horst Schmidt in IF 67.91-94 (1962), and by .  Chapman in ScS 35.33941 (1963). The book's main thesis is that Rask, who was deeply influenced by 18th-century grammatical work, was much more interested in general, descriptive typological studies than in historical investigations of language development like Bopp and especially Grimm. Copius notes (157-72) and a detailed bib. of primary and secondary sources (173-81). Cf. the review by Christian Peeter in HL 4:255-57 (1977). - In 1976 another vol. by Diderichsen appeared with the same publisher, namely, Ganzheit und Struktur: Ausgewählte sprachwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, which contains a number of articles of particular interest to historians of linguistics, e.g., "Entwicklung und Struktur in der Sprachwissenschaft" (217-53); "Rasmus Rasks Auffassung der Sprachentwicklung und Sprach struktur" (254-72); "Darwin und die Sprachwissen schaft" (273-87), and "The Foundation of Comparative Linguistics: Revolution or continuation?" (288-319).

1976. Genette, Gérard. Mimologiques: Voyage en Cratyle. Paris: Edit. du Seuil, 431 pp. The author attempts to treat afresh the long-standing question of the origin of language as formulated in the Platonic dialogue, tracing it from antiquity down to the 19th century. The book, written in a literary rather than a scientific style, consists of the following chaps.: "L'éponymie du nom" (11-37), "De ratione verborum" (39-48), "Soni rerum indices" (49-57, which deals largely with views held by John Wallis, 1616-1703), "Hermogène logothète" (59-70, which largely discusses Leibniz' views on the issue), "Mimographismes" (71-83, makes mention of ideas put forward by F. M. van Helmont, J. G. Wachter, Rowland Jones, and other 18th-century scholars), "Peinture et dérivation" (85-118), devoted almost exclusively to the theories put forward by Charles de Brosses in his 1765 Traité de la formation mécanique des langues), "L'hiéroglyphe généralisé" (119-48, concerns itself with the ideas held by Antoine Court de Gébelin, 1725-84), "Onomatopoétique" (149-81, analyses the work of Charles Nodier, fl.1808-34), "Blanc bonnet versus bonnet blanc" (183-226, gives an account of the word-order debate in 17th and 18th century France), "Flexion interne" (227-40, deals with some ideas of the German romanticist writers such as F. Schlegel, J. Grimm, and Wilhelm von Humboldt), "Langues du désert" (241-55, devoted to an expose of the work of Ernest Renan, 1832-92, especially his writings on Semitic), "Au défaut des langues" (257-314, treats linguistic questions as seen by men of literature, esp. Stéphane MaEarmé and Paul Valéry), "L'âge des noms" (315-28), "L'écriture en jeu" (329349), "Signe : singe" (351-75), "Le parti pris des mots" (377-81), "Le genre de la rêverie" (383-93), "Mimophonie restrainte" (395428 - this chap. and the 5 prece ding ones deal with linguistic ideas only in passing). There is no comprehensive bib., and no index. - Cf. the review by Giorgio Zanetti in LeSt 12:4.707-10 (1977).

1976. Hayashi, Tetsuro. "Evolution of the Theories of English Lexicography 1530-1791". Studies in English Language and Literature (Fukuoka:


79

Kyushu Univ.) No.26 (March 1976), 75-139. A survey of the development of lexicographic principles in England from John Palsgrave's Lesclarcissement de la langue francoyse (1530) to John Walker's A Critical Pronouncing Dictionary and Expositor of the English Language (1791). The present article, however, constitutes only a portion of the author's 1972 dissertation, the completely revised version of which is currently in press: Theory of English Lexicography, 1530-1791 (Amsterdam: John Benjamins), namely, chaps.l, "Theoretical foundations of Renaissance bilingual lexicography" (77117), and 2, "The beginnings of the theory of English lexicography in the Jaco bean period" (117-39).

1976. Kilbury, James. The Development of Morphophonemic Theory. (= Studies in the History of Linguistics, 10.) Amsterdam: J. Benjamins, VIII, 155 pp. Cf. also Kilbury 1974 (above). This monograph surveys linguistic views concerning morphophonemics 'avant la lettre' and, especially, during its various stages of evolution, namely, the work of Baudouin de Courtenay and Kruszewski, the Prague 'school', in particular, Trubetzkoy, and the American 'schools' from Whitney to Bloomfield (39-53), the post-Bloomfieldians (55-101), and the (early) Chomsky (103-19). The first chap. (5-13) touches upon the classical grammatical traditions in Greece and Rome, India, and the Near East (Hebrew and Arabic). Bib. (136152); index of names (153-55). - Cf. the review by Josef Vachek in HL 4:2.268272.

1976. Niederehe, Hans-Josef, and Harald Haarmann (with the collaboration of Liliane Rouday), eds. In Memoriam Friedrich Diez: Akten des Kol loquiums zur Wissenschaftsgeschichte der Romanistik (Actes du Col loque sur l'Histoire des Etudes Romanes / Proceedings of the Colloquium for the History of Romance Studies), Trier, 2.-4. Okt. 1975. (= Studies in the History of Linguistics, 9.) Amsterdam: J. Benjamins, VIII, 508 pp. Proceedings, including discussion, of a colloquium held at the Univ. of Trier (cf. HL 2:3.403-04 [1975], for an early announcement), which was dedicated to the 100th anniversary of Friedrich Diez (1794-1876). The papers are arranged under 4 major headings: 1) "Frühe Epochen der Sprachwissenschaft (13.-18. Jahrhun dert)", with contributions by H.-J. Niederehe, Jean Stefanini, Herbert E. Brekle, and Wolf Dietrich (77-102); 2) "Standorte der Sprachwissenschaft im 18. Jahr hundert", with contributions by Jörn Albrecht, Herbert Izzo, Harald Thun, J.-C. Chevalier, Irene Monreal-Wickert, and Harald Haarmann (105-243); 3) "Der Durch bruch zur romanischen Sprachwissenschaft im 19. Jahrhundert", with papers by Wolfgang Rettig, Richard Baum, Walter Kuhfuss, Giuliano Bonfante, and Volker Kapp (247402), and 4) "Strukturalismus und Idealismus im 20. Jahrhundert", with papers by E. F. K. Koerner, Peter Wunderli, and Gisela Schneider (405-501). Index of subjects and names (503-08). - Cf. the reviews by V(ladimir) G(rigorevic) Kuznecov in Obšcstvennye nauki za rubelom; serija "Jazyko znanie" 1977/4.9-11, and Yakov Malkiel in Lg 54:2.326-31 (1978).

1976. Okitsu, Tatsuro. Gengogaku-shi [History of Linguistics]. (= Outline of English Linguistics, 14.) Tokyo: Taishukan Publishing Co., XIII, 253pp.

80

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT After a brief preface (v-vii) outlining the aim of the book, there are two major portions, one concerned with linguistics before the 20th century, the other with modern linguistics. In individual chaps. the author treats, at times only too briefly, the following traditions and trends, schools and scholars: 1), "Language study in Greece" (3-13); 2) ". . . in Rome" (14-18); 3). . . in the Middle Ages" (19-25); 4) "Language study in the Renaissance and after" (26-35), and 5) "Comparative linguistics in the 19th century" (36-69). There follow: 6) "Ferdinand de Saussure" (70-84); 7) "Geneva school" (85-88); 8) "The French school" (89-91), referring to Meillet, Grammont, Vendryes, and others; 9) "Prague school" (92-103), in cluding Karl Bühler (95-96); 10) "Copenhagen school" (97-115); 11) "The American school", i. ., American structuralism (116-142), which begins with W. D. Whitney (!) and includes brief accounts of the work of K. L. Pike (136-37) and S. M. Lamb (137-38); 12) "London school" (139-54), largely devoted to J. R. Firth's work, with a brief mention of Bronislaw Malinowski's (1884-1942) writings and of the 'neo-Firthians', e. g., M. A. K. Halliday; "Slavist schools" (155-60) actually includes only Baudouin de Courtenay and Kruszewski (155-56), N. Ja. Marr (157-59), and post-1950 developments (159-60). Chap. 14 is devoted to Chomsky (161-85) and the various stages of TG; chap. 15 is a general summary of the study, containing a plea in favor of the importance of linguistic historio graphy (186-91). The back matter consists of "Notes" (193-216), a bib. (217-29); a table of terminological correspondences between English, German or French items and their Japanese equivalents (230-36); an index of names (337-41) and of subjects (241-53). - There is no mention of the development of linguistics in Japan.

1976.Padley,G. A(rthur). Grammatical Theory in Western Europe 15001700: The Latin tradition. Cambridge & New York: Cambridge Univ. Press, XII, 290 pp. This important study fills a long-felt lacuna between treatments of the medieval period and those devoted to the 19th and 20th centuries. It consists of the follow ing chaps.: 1) "The Humanist tradition" (5-57); 2) "The break with tradition: Scaliger, Ramus, Sanctius" (58-110); 3) "The 17th century: Words versus things" (111-53); 4) "Universal grammar" (154-209), and 5) "Port-Royal" (210-59). Bib. of primary (268-74) and secondary (274-79) sources; index of names and terms (281-90). - Cf. the reviews by André Joly in HL 4:3.392-401 (1977), and Luigi Rosiello in LeSt 12:4.650-51 (1977).

1976. Parret, Herman, ed. History of Linguistic Thought and Contemporary Linguistics. Berlin & New YorkTW. de Gruyter, IX, 816 pp. The vol. brings together articles by some 30 scholars, including Ranko Bugarski, R. H. Robins, J. F. Staal, George Cardona, G. L. Bursill-Hall, Oswald Ducrot, Jan Pinborg, John Α. Trentman, Raffale Simone, Jean Stéfanini, Norman Kretzmann, André Joly, Ulrich Ricken, and others, devoted to particular topics or areas in the history of Western linguistics. They are arranged under the following major headings: "Aims and methods of the historiography of linguistic thought" (1-31); "Through the history of linguistic thought" (32-101); "Sanskrit and ancient theo ries of language" (102-63); "Medieval and Renaissance linguistic and logical theories of language" (164-330); "Rationalism versus empiricism in France and Great Britain: From the Cartesians to the Anti-Tooke" (331-517); "Leibnizian and


81

Humboldtian paradigms in German linguistic thought" (518-684), and "Towards contemporary linguistics and philosophy of language" (685-810). Index of names (811-16). - Cf. the reviews by Jörg Kohlhaase in Germanistik 18:1.29-30 (1977), and N. A. Sljusareva, V. G. Kuznecov, and V. S. Straxova in Obščestvennye nauki za rubezom; serija "Jazykoznanie" 1977/5.15-25, and, with respect to the last section of the vol., No.6.9-14 (1977), and, especially, the detailed analysis by Hans Arens in HL 4:3.319-82 (1977).

1976. Pfister, Raimund. "Zur Geschichte der Begriffe und Subjekt und Prädi kat" . Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 35.105-29. A succinct study of the development of linguistic concepts from antiquity to the be ginning of the 19th century; cf. Language and Language Behavior Abstracts 11:3. 776 (1977) for an E. summary.

1976. Ricken, Ulrich, ed. "Philosophische Positionen und Kontroversen in der Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft". Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprach wissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 29:5/6.451-603. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. This double issue of ZPhon prints the papers from a colloquium organized by the Wissenschaftsbereich Allgemeine und Vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft, MartinLuther-Universität Halle, German Democratic Republic, which took place on 11-12 December 1975. The following contributions appear of particular interest in the con text of the present volume: U. Ricken, "Zu einigen Aufgaben und Problemen einer Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft" (452-457), Rainer Eckert, "Zur Problematik Sprache und Gesellschaft in der Geschichte der sowjetischen Sprachwissenschaft" (458-463), André Joly, "Le débat sur les parties du discours à l'époque classique" (465-67), Gottfried Graustein, "Tendenzen in der Beschreibung englischer kom plexer Sätze (besonders im 18. Jahrhundert)" (468-71), Peter Suchsland, "Gibt es Widersprüche zwischen Leibnizens theoretischen und praktischen Bemühungen um die deutsche Sprache?" (472-75), Hans-Manfred Militz, "Bemerkungen zu Rous seaus 'Essai sur l'origine des langues' " (484 to 487), Gerda Hassler, "Ansätze zur Diskussion um ein sprachliches Relativitätsprinzip in der Auseinandersetzung Tur gots mit Maupertuis" (491-94), Paolo Ramat, "Das typologische Sprachproblem im 19. Jahrhundert" (495-98), Werner Neumann, "Ueber Dynamik und Statik in der bürgerlichen Sprachtheorie des 19. Jahrhunderts: Eine Kontroverse in der HumboldtRezeption" (499-502), Harry Spitzbardt, "Zum Darwinismus in der Sprachwissen schaft" (506-11), Wolfgang Fleischer, "Sprachwissenschaft und Weltanschauung: Zur Position Wilhelm Scherers in seinen sprachwissenschaftlichen Arbeiten" (512515), Gertrud Bense, "Bemerkungen zu theoretischen Positionen im Werk von F. A. Pott" (519-22), Günter Feudei, "Baudouin de Courtenay und F. de Saussure - Zwei Traditionslinien in der Entwicklung der Sprachwissenschaft" (529-33), Frank Häusler, "Bemerkungen zur Stellung der Kazaner Schule in der Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft" (534-38), and, finally, Klaus Welke, "Zur Kritik der Sprach konzeption F. de Saussures" (542-44), and Thea Schippan, "Hugo Schuchardts Bei trag zur Wortforschung" (556-59).

1976. Siebenhorn, Elmar. Die Lehre von der Sprachrichtigkeit und ihren Kri terien: Studien zur antiken normativen Grammatik. (= Studien zur antiken Philosophie, 5.) Amsterdam: B. R. Grüner, IX, 177 pp.

82

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT This former Ruhr-Univ. Bochum dissertation of 1973 investigates the development of grammatical theory in the classical Greek period, from Protagoras, Prodikos, and Plato to the téchnē of Dionysis Thrax (c. 100 B.C.), and with frequent discussions of grammatical doctrines put forward in Marcus Terentius Varro's (116-27 B.C.) De Lingua Latina (5-6, 8-12, 113-115, and elsewhere). The book consists of the following main chaps.: I, "Die Entwicklung des Begriffs der Sprachrichtigkeit bis zur Entstehung der Systematischen Grammatik" (14-31), II, "Hellenismos und latinitas als Bestandteile des grammatischen Systems" (32-52), III, "Kriterienzusammenstel lungen [for the subsequent analysis]" (53-55), IV, "Die drei Hauptkriterien: Ana logie literarische Tradition und Sprachgebrauch" (56-139), the most substantial por tion of the study (which includes a brief account, p.85 and 92-93, respectively, on the different uses of the concept of 'historia' among Greek and Roman grammarians and treats in particular the various interpretations of the concept of 'analogia' (pas sim); V, "Die übrigen Kriterien", such as 'etymologia', 'diálektos', 'natura', 'euphonia', etc. (140-58), and VI, "Die Herkunft des viergliedrigen Kriterienkanons" (159163). There is a select bib. (164-69), an index of authors (171-72), and subject and term indices for Greek, Latin, and German (173-77).

1976. Stam, James H(enry, b.1937). Inquiries into the Origin of Language: The fate of a question. New York & London: Harper & Row, XII, 307pp. A detailed study on the development of the question of glottogenesis from antiquity to the turn of the 20th century; central portions of the work are taken from the author's 1964 doctoral diss., The Question of the Origin of Language in German Thought, 1756-1785 (Waltham, Mass.: Brandeis Univ.) - cf. the summery in DAb 35.6685A (May 1965). - For a detailed review see Gordon W(inant) Hewes in HL 5.1/2.174-89(1978).


Part IV: Addenda 1845-1972

In this portion of the bibliography, which lists items that had previously escaped my notice, roughly the same criteria have been applied as in the earlier sections. Throughout the compilation a number of borderline cases have emerged which did not make a decision easy. Thus studies like Hendrik Bertelsen's (1874-1933) 6-volume Danske Grammatikere fra Midten af det syttende til Midten af der attende Aarhundrede (Copenhagen: Gyldendal, 1915-29), Emile Egger's (1813-85) 2-volume L'Hellénisme en France (Paris: Didier, 1869), or Jan Gerard Gerretzen's 400-page Scholae Hemsterhuisiana (Nijmegen & Utrecht: Dekker & van de Vegt, 1940) contain, in addition to the subject matter announced in their titles, a wealth of information on other trends and scholars of the period in question. The same could be said of a number of other works not included in the bibliography, and it will be up to the scholar treating a particular aspect or period in the history of linguistics to add secondary sources of information for himself. I have decided not to list bio-bibliographical reference works and similar books, of which there are scores, e.g., Friedrich August Eckstein's (1810-85) Nomenclator Philologorum (Leipzig: Teubner, 1871; repr., Hildesheim: Olms, 1966), Wilhelm Pökel's Philologisches Schriftstellerlexikon (Leipzig, 1882; repr., Darmstadt: Wiss. Buchgesellschaft, 1966), Charles Edward Buckland's (1847-1941) Dictionary of Indian Biography (London: Sonnenschein, 1906), or the Encyclopédie linguistique (Louvain: Centre international de Dialectolo gie générale, 1960), compiled by Sever Pop (1901-61) and Rodica Doina Pop (b. 1929), to mention just a few. 1845. Rumpel, Theodor (1815-after 1872). Die Casuslehre in besonderer Bezie hung auf die griechische Sprache dargestellt. Halle: Ed. Anton, iv + 303 pp.

84


This book contains the following chaps. of interest to historians of linguistics: "Die historische Entwicklung der Grammatik" (1-61); "Der gegenwärtige [as of 1845] Standpunkt der Grammatik" (62-70), and "Die falschen Richtungen der Syntax" (71-85). The most informative chap. is the first which gives an account of the gram matical work from the Greeks, with the Stoics concluding the first period (1-11), . the Alexandrian grammarians (11-17), and the Romans (17-18) to the first half of the 19th century, with accounts of the Renaissance philosophers and grammarians (18-26), the Port-Royal grammar (27) and the national (school) grammars in the 17th and 18th centuries (27-41), with an excursus devoted to the history of Latin grammar (41-52), and the 'crisis' of traditional grammatical theory marked by G. Hermann's De emendanda ratione graecae grammaticize of 1801 (52-61). The second chap. contains an appreciation of the work of the New Philologists, from F. Schlegel and Bopp to Grimm and Humboldt (63-65) and its importance for classical philologist concerned with grammatical analysis (65-70). The book contains no index; there are bibliographical footnotes.

1854. Creuzer, (Georg) Friedrich (1771-1858). Zur Geschichte der classischen Philologie seit Wiederherstellung der Litteratur, in biographischen Skizzen ihrer älteren Häupter und einer literarischen Uebersicht ihrer neueren. Ed. by Julius Kayser. (= Friedrich Creuzer's Deutsche Schrif ten, neue und verbesserte, 5:2.) Frankfurt/M.: J. Baer, viii + 239 pp. The book is not a history of classical philology but rather a chronological biobibliographical account of the more important scholars in the field, from the 15th to the mid-19th century in Europe. It contains, among others, the following chaps.: "Rückblick auf die Humanisten der ersten Periode ... [15th - 16th cent.]" (35-44), from Angelo Politiano (1454-94) to Marcus Antonius Muretus (1526-85); "Die Repräsentanten der zweiten Periode" (44-75), from Julius Caesar Scaliger (1484-1558) to Claudius Salmasius (1588-1653): "Nächstfolgende Koryphäen der Philologie" (76-84), from Justus Lipsius (1574-1606) to Hugo Grotius (1583-1645). There follow chaps. on philologists in Germany, The Netherlands and France in the 16th and 17th centuries (84-122), in France, Italy, Spain, Great Britain, Sweden, Denmark, Russia and Greece from the 16th to the mid-19th centuries (129-77), a survey of philological work in Holland, Belgium and Germany in the 18th and 19th centuries (177-200), with a particular chap. on German philological work (200-29). There are copious bibliographical footnotes but no indices.

1866. Bréal, Michel (Jules Alfred, 1832-1915). "Introduction". Grammaire comparée des langues indo-européennes by Franz Bopp,Transl.from the 2nd German ed. by Michel Bréal, vol.1, і-lvii. Paris: Impr. nationale. (3rd ed., 1885.) This introd. to Bréal's Transl. of the 1st vol. of Bopp's Vergleichende Grammatik contains much information concerning the history of linguistics, including a brief intellectual biography of Bopp (viii-xv). In particular, B. mentions the findings of the Jesuit Gaston Laurent Coeurdoux (1691-1779) who, in 1767 (19 years before William Jones) stated the similarities between Sanskrit and European languages, especially Latin and Greek (xvi-xviii). He then goes on to relate the development of comparative IE studies from Jones' observations of 1786 and F. Schlegel's book of

ANNOTATED CHRONOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY IV

85

1808 to the 1816 work of Bopp (xviii-xxx), before analyzing this and subsequent studies by Bopp in relation to those of his contemporaries, in particular Eugène Burnouf (1801-52), Rask, Grimm, Humboldt, and others (xxx-xxxviii). This is followed by an analysis of Bopp's doctrines, something which B. did still more extensively in his Introduction to the fourth vol. of Bopp's Comparative Grammar (Paris, 1872; 3rd., 1889), i-xxxii. Cf. also B.'s lecture, "Les progrès de la grammaire comparée", Mémoires de la Société linguistique de Paris 1.72-89 (1868).

1868. Breitinger, Heinrich (1832-89). Zur Geschichte der französischen Gram matik (1530-1647). (= Programm - Thurgauische Kantonsschule, Schul jahr 1867/68.) Frauenfeld: J. Huber, 48 pp. in-4°. An account of the development of the study of French grammar from the publi cation of John Palsgrave's (1480-1554) Vesclaircissement de la langue françoyse (London, 1530) - which B. analyzes in detail with reference to other 16th-century grammars of French (1-6) - to the appearance of Claude Favre de Vaugelas' (1585-1650) Remarques sur la langue françoise of 1647 (discussed on pp. 35-40). The concluding portion consists of a survey of the theory of the participles in French grammatical treatises by Jacques Dubois (1478-1555), Louis Meigret (fl. 1550), Jean Piilot (b. 1510), Abel Mathieu (fl. 1559), Jean Garnier (d. 1574), Antoine Caucius (fl. 1570-86), Olivier Patru (1604-81), Gilles Menage (b. 1613), Thomas Corneille (1625-1709), and others which were published between 1530 and 1704 (42-48). The study also contains a bibliographic statement (33-34).

1868-70. Dugat, Gustave (1824-94). Histoire des Orientalistes de l'Europe du XIIe au XIXe siècle; précédée d'une "Esquisse historique des études orientales" [pp.i-li]. 2 vols. Paris: Maisonneuve & Cie. Vol.I, li + 2 3 5 ; vol.II, viii + 292pp.in-16 .Vol. I consists of a "Biographie des Orien talistes français et étangres" (1-232), which includes individual chaps. on Johann Gottfried Ludwig Kosegarten (1792-1862), Joseph-Etienne Kowalewski (1800-78), François-Bernard Charmoy (b.1793), Johannes Albrecht Bernhard Dorn (b.1805), Horace Hayman Wilson (1786-1860), Alexander Mirza Kazem-Beg (1802-70), and others. Similarly, vol.II includes biographical accounts of scholars such as Edward Backhouse Eastwick (b.1814), Heinrich Leberecht Fleischer (b. 1801 ), Gustav Lebe recht Flügel (1802-70), Friedrich Max Müller (b.1823), and others. 1 8 7 2 . D o n n e r , 0 ( t t o , 1 8 3 5 - 1 9 0 9 ) . Ofversikt af den Finsk Ugriska Språk forskningens historia. Akademisk afhandling, . . . . Helsingfors: J. C. Frenckell & Son. [vi + ] 109 p p . This survey of the history of Finno-Ugric linguistics consists of two major sections: I. "Oldest literature: Grammar and lexicography" (1-73), which, according to D., set in with the publication of Bishop Michael Olavi Agricola's (1508-ca.l557) ABCkirja (Stockholm, 1542), and II. "Comparative linguistics" (74-109), which is devoted to 19th-century work by Finno-Ugrists lik János Miklós Revai (1749-1807), Andreas Johannes Sjögren (1794-1855), Ferdinand Johann Wiede mann (1805-87), Hans Conon von der Gabelentz (1807-74), Pál Hunfalvy (1810-91), Matthias Alexander Castren (1813-52), Anton Reguly (1819-55), Josef (alias József) Budenz (1836-92), Arvid Genetz (1848-1915), and others, covering topics such as "The Finno-Ugric languages compared with Oriental languages" (74-82), "Comparisons with Basque, Greenlandish, and cuneiform scripts" (84-91),

86

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT etc. Section I consists of chaps. treating the various branches of Finno-Ugric and Altaic, of which the accounts of Finnish (1-14) and Hungarian (47-64) deserve special mention because of the copious bibliographies D. has supplied (14-17 and 64-71, respectively). It has no index, and no comprehensive bibliography, but there are extensive bibliographical footnotes.

1873-75. Loiseau, Arthur (1830- ? ). Histoire des progrès de la grammaire en France, depuis ľépoque de la Renaissance jusqu'à nos jours. 3 parts in 1 vol. Paris: E. Thorin. This study is not to be confused with Loiseau's Histoire de la langue française, ses origines et son développement jusqu'à la fin du XVIe siècle (Paris: Thorin, 1881; 2nd rev. ed., 1882), which constitutes a language history, not a history of the study of language. Even the present one is not a general history of grammatical work performed in France, but a historical account of the discussion and treatment of individual grammatical categories (article, noun, adjective, verb, etc.) in separate chapters, frequently beginning with the views held by the ancients and ending, for the most part, with the presentation of the theories advanced by 18th-century and early 19th-century scholars. There are no indices and no general bibliographies (but only bibliographical footnotes).

1874. Polovcov, Viktor Andreevič. Kratkaja letopis' grammatičeskoj dejateľnosti v. Rossi [A short chronicle of grammatical activity in Russia]. St. Petersburg: V tip. voenno-učeb. zavedenij, 78 pp. Not seen by the compiler.

1877. Pezzi, Domenico (1844-1905). Glottologia aria recentissima: Cenni storico-critici. Turin: E. Loescher, xvi + 191 pp. This survey of 19th-century IE linguistics was intended by the author to supple ment Benfey's voluminous account of 1869. Although it was translated into English by Ernest Stewart Roberts (1847-1912) - Aryan Philology according to the Most Recent Researches: Remarks, historical and critical (London: Trübner & Co., 1879), xvi + 199 pp. — it was soon superseded by Delbruck's book of 1880 (E. transi., 1882).

1883. Darmesteter, James (1849-94). "De la part de la France dans les grandes découvertes de l'orientalisme moderne". Essais orientaux by J. Darme steter, 1-42. Paris: A. Lévy, 279 pp. In his effort to redress the history of linguistics, in particular with regard to impor tant discoveries in the field of Indo-Aryan, D. devotes much space to the contributions of Antoine-Léonard de Chézy (1773-1832), François Champollion (1790-1832), Eugène Burnouf (1801-52), and other French scholars of the period, though Alexander Hamilton (1762-1824) and Bopp (27-28 and 29-32, respectively) are mentioned as well.

1887. Cara, Cesare Antonio de (1835-1905). Del presente stato degli studi linguistici: Esame critico. Prato: Giachetti figlio & Co., xiii + 419 pp. This book is not a history of comparative IE linguistics in the 19th century, but a discussion, in 48 brief chaps., of the major and minor issues in the linguistic debate


87

of the second half of the past century, including the status of linguistics as a science (21-32), the original home of the IE peoples (32-74), the earliest European inhabi tants (74-86), language classification and typology (86-125), etc. However, in giving a discussion of the various issues in late 19th-century debate, C. reviews the history of each individual topic. Moreover, C. provides a useful account of linguistic scholarship outside the narrow circles of 19th-century German activities, in partic ular in Italy; note the discussion of the work of Fausto Gherardo Fumi (1840-1915), Francesco d'Ovidio (1841-1925), Domenico Pezzi (1844-1905), Pietro Merlo (1850-88), Luigi Ceci (1859-1927), and others. There is a bibliography (vii-xiii) but no index.

1887. Janet,Paul (Alexandre René, 1823-99), and Gabriel Seailles(1852-1922). Histoire de la philosophie; les problèmes et les écoles. Paris: Ch. Delagrave, III, 391 pp. (2nd., 1894; 3rd rev. ed., 1899, 1084 pp.; 12th ed., 1921, supplemented in 1929 by "Periode contemporaine".) Chap. IX, "le Language" (223-65), offers a brief survey of the various theories of language proposed from antiquity (Plato, Aristotle, et al.) to 19th-century scholars such as Max Müller, Michel Bréal, Ernest Renan, and others.

1899. Engelien, A(ugust, 1832-1903). "Geschichte der neuhochdeutschen Grammatik, sowie der Methodik des grammatischen Unterrichts in der Volksschule". Geschichte des deutschen Unterrichts in der Volksschule (= Geschichte der Methodik des deutschen Volksschulunterrichts, ed. by C(arl) Kehr (1830-85), 1.) 2nd rev. ed., 252-417. Gotha: E. F. Thienemann, [v +] 521 pp. An important sourcebook for the history of the study of Modern German, from the 16th century (253-65) to 1885, which not only contains a large amount of biobibliographical references to the literature but also (at times detailed) quotations and analyses of general linguistic works as well as grammars and handbooks of Ger man published during four and a half centuries: 17th century (265-92); 18th cen tury (292-332), and 19th century (333-417), which contains, inter alia, abrief sur vey of the devolopment of linguistics in Germany from Herder's prize essay (1770) to Hermann Paul's Principien of 1880 (336-45), a presentation of the most influ ential school grammarians, including Georg Reinbeck (1766-1849), Theodor Heinsius (1770-1849), Johann Christian August Heyse (1764-1829), Friedrich Schmitthenner (1796-1850), Simon Heinrich Adolf Herling (1780-1849), Karl Ferdinand Becker (1775-1849) - see esp. pp.354-57 and 378-80 - Heinrich Bauer (1773-1846), Heinrich August Schötensack 1812-18??), and many others (345-66), and, with re ference to primary school grammarians (366-408, surveying the literature on pp. 393-408), and concluding with an commentated bibliography of the literature on German orthography and other special topics published between 1850 and 1885 (408-17). There in no index.

1890. Lexer, Matthias von (1830-92). Zur Geschichte der Neuhochdeutschen Lexikographie. Festrede ... . Würzburg: H. Stürtz, 32 pp. in-4°. A brief survey of the history of German grammatical studies from the late 17th century - from 1687, to be exact, which marks the date that the philosopher

88

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT Christian Thomasius (1655-1728) annouced that he would read his lectures at the University of Leipzig in German rather than in Latin - to the work of Karl Weigand (1804-78), Rudolf Hildebrand (1824-94), Moriz Heyne (1837-1906), and others.

1892. Setälä, E(mil) N(estor, 1864-1935). "Lisiä suomalais-ugrilaisen kielentut kimuksen historiaan" [Contributions to the history of Finno-Ugric lin guistics]. Suomi: Kirjoituksia isänmaallista aineista 3:5.183-350. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura. This very detailed account of the history of Finno-Ugric linguistics is subdivided into five chaps.: I. "Martin Fogel[ius, 1634-75] and his research on languages related to Finnish" (183-216); II. "On Georg Stiernhielm's [1598-1672] linguistic research and, in particular, that concerning the Finnish languages" (217-33); III. "A few notes from G. W. Leibniz's papers" (234-54); IV. "On the linguistic endeavours of several Finnish scholars at the beginning of the 18th century (Elias Brenner [1647-1717]. Isak Björklund [1686-1740]. Matthias Hallcnius [1699-1748]. Johan Welin [d.1744].)" (255-85), and V. "On H[enrik] G[abriel] Porthan's [1739-1804] efforts pertaining to the Finno-Ugric languages and his connection with Hungarian scholars" (286-343). "Additions and corrections" (344-46); "Index of persons" (347-48). and table of contents (349-50). The study includes extensive bibliogra phical footnotes and excerpts from (often unpublished) documents.

1892. Urlichs, (Carl) Ludwig von (1813-89). "Geschichte der Philologie". Ed. and rev. by Heinrich Ludwig Urlichs (1864-1936?). Handbuch der klas sischen Altertumswissenschaft ed. by Iwan von Müller (1830-1917), 2nd rev. ed., vol. 1.33-145. Munich: . H. Beck. U's history of philology is preceded by a chap. devoted to the definition and the divisions of philology. The actual account covers the following periods: 1) "Das Altertum" (33-41); 2) "Das Mittelalter" (41-45) 3) "Die Wiedergeburt der klassi schen Studien: Die italienische Periode" (45-54); 4) "Französisch-belgische Peri ode" (54-76): 5) "Niederländisch-englische Periode" (76-97), with addenda con cerning philological work in Italy (97-100) and France (100-03), and 6) "Die deut sche Periode" (103-11), with supplements on The Netherlands and Denmark (111-13), France (113-16), Alsatia (116-17) and England (117-21), and a continua tion of philological studies in Germany (121-45). Bibliographical footnotes.

1893. Delbrück, Berthold (Gustav Gottlieb, 1842-1922). "Einleitung". Ver gleichende Syntax der indogermanischen Sprachen by Berthold Del brück, Part I, 3-88. (= Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik der indo germanischen Sprachen by Karl Brugmann, 3.) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner. (Repr., Berlin: W. de Gruyter, 1967.) Tiris Introduction supplements to a large extent the account given in Delbrück 1880 (3rd ed., 1893) and has been incorporated in Delbrück 1904 and 1919 (see below). It constitutes a brief history of the study of syntax from the Greeks, in particular Dionysius Thrax and Apollonius Dyscolus (3-12), to the late 19th centu ry. After the Ancients D. distinguishes between two periods, an aprioristic one (12-32), extending from the scholastic grammarians over Sanctius and the PortRoyal grammarians to Christian Wolff (1679-1754) and Gottfried Hermann


89

(1772-1848), and the modern one (32-72), which had its beginnings in the philoso phy of Kant, Fichte, Schelling, and Hegel in conjunction with the rediscovery of Sanskrit (32-35 and 36-37, respectively). The 19th-century work on syntax and general linguistic theory is given much attention, in particular the ideas of Hum boldt (37-47), Bopp (47-50), Grimm (50-54), Josef Dobrovský (1753-1829) and Vuk Stefanovic Karadzic (1787-1864) on pp. 54-56, Steinthal (56-59), Whitney (58-59), Schleicher (61-62), Franz von Miklosich (1813-91)- inadvertently omitted in Delbrück 1919 - (62-63), Ludwig Lange (1825-85), and Alfred Ludwig (1832-1912) on pp. 63-64 and 64-66, and, after a brief discussion of the analogy and sound law principles (66-69), the theories of Hermann Paul (69-72). There is no bibliography.

1895. Şaineanu, Lazar {alias Lazare Sainéan, 1859-1934). Istoria filologiei române; cu o privire retrospectiva asupra ultimelor decenii (1870-1895). 2nd rev. ed. Bucharest: Edit. Librăriei Socecu & m., vii + 356 pp. in-16°.(lst ed., 1892.) Although the book is essentially an account of the study of (the Rumanian) lan guage in Rumania, it also contains brief statements on a number of other European scholars, e.g., Conrad Gesner (1515-64) and Hieronymus Megiser (1554? -1616) on pp. 13-14, Claude Duret (d.1611) and Andreas Müller (1630? -1694) on pp.15-17, Lorenzo Hervás  Panduro (1735-1809) and Peter Simon Pallas (1741-1811) on pp. 19-24, Johann Christoph Adelung (1734-1806) on pp. 25-30, and the Romance scholars François Raynouard (1761-1836), Friedrich Diez (1794-1876), and Lorenz Diefenbach (1806-81) on pp. 39-43. These and others are treated in the chap. "Limba romana m occident (1592-1850)" (9-43). The subsequent chaps, are enti tled: "Poligloţi români (1625-1723)" (44-68), which relates the work of Nicolae Spatarul Milescu (1625-1714), Dimitrie Cantemir (1663-1723), and others; "Inveţamintul gramatical m epoca fanarioţilor (1711-1821)" (69-84); "Doi gramatici munteni: lenachtitã Văcarescu [1740-99] şi Iordache Golescu [1768-1848] (1787-1840)" (pp.85-116); "Scóla etimologica ardeléna sau curentul latinist (1780-1870)" (117-40); "Tendenţa italienistă: Ión Eliad Rădulescu" (141-63); "Scóla fonetica bucovinéna: Arune [Aron] Pumnul [1818-66]" (164-80); "Privire critică asupra lexicografici române" (181-207), which treats the work of Samuil Klaïn (Sámuel Klein, 1745-1806), Petr Maior (1760 or 61-1821), August Trebonin Laurian (1810-81), loan C. Massim (1825-77), Alexandru Cihac (1825-87), and others; "Elemente române în limbile străine" (208-29), and "Starea actuală a filo logici române" (230-336), which contains sections devoted to language (233-61), literature (236-308), and various other cultural aspects (308-36). The vol. concludes with a detailed table of contents (337-45), and an index of proper names (347-56).

1897. Poržezinskij, V(iktor) K(arlovič alias Wiktor Porzeziński, 1870-1929). "Vážnejšie momenty v istorii sravniteľnago jazykovedenija" [The main points in the history of comparative linguistics]. Russkij Filologičeskij Vestnik 38:3/4.231-56. Warsaw: Tip. Varšavskago učebnago okruga. This Moscow University inaugural lecture of 1895 presents the development of comparative linguistics from the earliest beginnings, e.g., Hadrianus Relandus (1678-1718), to the last quarter of the 19th century, with particular accounts of

90

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT F. Schlegel (234-36), Bopp (237-40), Grimm (240-41), Schleicher (241-43), Curtius (243-44), Arthur Amelung (1840-74) on pp. 244-45, followed by a detailed discus sion of the neogrammarian doctrines and their opponents (245-56) in view of then current issues in IE linguistics. Cf. also Porzeziński 1910.

1899. Pedersen, Holger (1867-1953). "Sprogvidenskaben". Sønderjydske Aarbøpger ed. by H. P. Hanssen-Norremølle, Gustav Johannsen and P. Skau, 114-79. Flensborg: Møller & Rasmussen, C. K. Thillerups Efterf. (in commission of Gyldendal, Copenhagen). (Sep. ed., 1899), 64 pp. This acccount of the study of language in the 19th century was aimed at a wider public than the inner circles of contemporary linguists. It deals with the significance of Bopp and Rask as founders of comparative linguistics and gives a survey of the research results of comparative linguistics until the end of the 19th century, with a discussion of Indo-European, its daughter languages and their mutual relationships as well as of a few non-IE languages. Cf. Pedersen 1916 and 1931, for further elaborations.

1899. Stolz, Friedrich (1850-1915). Ueber die Entwickelung der indogerma nischen Sprachwissenschaft Vortrag... . Innsbruck: Wagner, 24 pp. After having made a plea in favour of a close collaboration between philologists and linguists, S. surveys the development of IE comparative linguistics from Bopp to the end of the 19th century (6-23), with a brief account of Paul Kretschmer's (1866-1956) Einleitung in die Geschichte der griechischen Sprache of 1896 (23-24).

1900. Liljeblad, Josef (Fredrik, b. 1872). "Bidrag till kännedomen om den medeltida grammatikundervisningen, med särskild hänsyn till svenska förhållanden". Eranos: Acta philologica Suecana 4.33-76. Uppsala: Lundström. An account of the medieval grammars of Latin (i.e., Priscian, Donatus, Alexander of Villa-Dei, and others) and their influence on the teaching of grammar in the 16th-18th centuries.

1903. Golling, Josef (1848-19??). "Einleitung in die Geschichte der latei nischen Syntax". Historische Grammatik der lateinischen Sprache ed. by Gustav Landgraf (1857-1932), vol.111, part 1.1-87. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner. This historical account of the development of the study of Latin grammar has not been seen by the compiler.

1905. Tourneur, Viktor (1878-1967). Esquisse d'une histoire des études cel tiques. (= Bibliothèque de la Faculté de Philosophie et Lettres de l'Uni versité de Liège, 15.) Liège: H. Vaillant-Carmanne, xiv 4- 246 pp. The book consists of the following chap.: "Introduction: Les langues celtiques" (1-36); I, "Les érudits irlandais [from the Renaissance to the end of the 19th cen tury]" (37-91); II, "Les érudits manx" (92-94); III, "Les érudits Gaéliques" (95106); IV, "Les érudits gallois" (107-47); V, "Les érudits de Cornouaille" (148-59); VI, "Les érudits bretons" (160-87); VII, "Les théories sur les Celtes et leur langue [from antiquity to the appearance of Adolf Holtzmann's book, Kelten und Germa-


91

nen (Stuttgart, 1855)]" (188-206); VIII, "La philologie celtique comparée" (207217), which begins with a mention of Edward Lhwyd (1660-1709), "le fondateur de la philologie celtique comparée", and presents the contributions to the field by James Cowles Prichard (1786-1848), Adolphe Pietet (1799-1875), Johann Caspar Zeuss (1806-56), and others, and IX, "Histoire de ľenseigement des langues celti ques" (218-21). There is a detailed index of names and subjects (222-46), but no comprehensive bibliography (though there are extensive bibliographical footnotes throughout the study).

1906. Schrader, Otto (1885-1919). Zur Geschichte und Methode der linguis tisch-historischen Forschung. Jena: H. Costenoble,X, 236 pp. Sep. publication of Part I of the 3rd rev. ed. of the author's Sprachvergleichung und Urgeschichte, this vol. consists of 2 major sections, both of them historical in na ture: 1) "Zur Geschichte der linguistischen Paläontologie" (1-129), and 2) "Zur Methode und Kritik der linguistisch-historischen Forschung" (131-232). Index of authors (223-35).

1907. Matthias, Adolf (1847-1917). Geschichte des deutschen Unterrichts. (= Handbuch des deutschen Unterrichts an höheren Schulen, I:1.) Munich: . H. Beck, xviii + 446 pp. in small-40. Although this monumental study is conceived as a historical account of the teaching of German since the medieval period, it contains much information of value for his torians of German philology and linguistics. Compare, for example, the following sections in the book: "Die deutschen Grammatiken und Orthographiewerke des 17. Jahrhunderts" (61-76); "Deutsche Grammatiken" and "Deutsche Orthographie bücher" in the 18th century (99-113 and 113-26 respectively), and "Schulgramma tiken, Sprachwissenschaft und Pädagogik" in the 19th century (256-79). There is a select bibliography (43840) and an index of authors and subjects (441-46).

1910. Jagič, I(gnatij) V(ikenťevič alias Vatroslav Jagić, 1838-1923). Istorija slavjanskoj filologii. (= Enciklopedija slavjanskoj filologii, 1.) St. Peters burg: Tip. Imperatorskoj Akad. Nauk, viii + 961 pp.in-4o. (Repr., Leip zig: Zentral-Antiquariat der DDR, 1967.) This voluminous history of Slavic philology is a mine of information on linguistic work done in the Slavic world during the past two or more centuries. It consists of the following major chaps.: I, "Introduction. The Middle Ages. References by historians and poets to the Slavs. Slavic glosses, glossaries, parallel dictionaries" (1-23); II, "Grammatical discussions of Church Slavonic. Grammars and dictionar ies. [Juraj] Krizanić [1618-83]. Church Slavic and Roman propaganda. Orthographi cal attempts among the West Slavs, their grammars and dictionaries" (23-58); III, "Slavic questions in Germany. Leibniz, [Johann Gabriel] Sparwenfelt [1655-1727]. Linguistic pursuits of Catherine [the Great]. Questions about [Constantine, St.] Cyril [827-69] and [St.] Methodius [d.855], about Čex and Lex, etc." (59-81); IV, "New influences on Russia and Bohemia. [August Ludwig von] Schlözer, [Mixail Vasiľevic ] Lomonosov [1711-65]. The precursors of Dobrovský. [Václav Fortunát] Durych [1735-1802]" (81-99); V, "Josef Dobrovský [1753-1829]" (100-137); VI, "Polish contemporaries of Dobrovský's" (138-56), e.g., Adam Naruszewicz (1733-96), Jan Potocki (1761-1815), Samuel Bogumił Linde (1771-1847), and oth-

92

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT ers; VII, "Slavo-Russian philological-historical and bibliographic studies in Russia at the end of the 18th and the beginning of the 19th centuries. The state of science among the Southern Slavs at the time of Dobrovský" (156-85); VIII, "Bartholomaeus (Jernej) Kopitar [1780-1844]" (185-214); "A[leksandr] X[ristoforovič] Vostokov [1781-1864] and his contemporaries [e.g., Petr Ivanovič Köppen (1793-1864), Carl Philipp Reiff (1792-1872), et al.]. The first kandidaty [graduates] in Slavistics in Poland [e.g., Wactaw Maciejowski (1793-1883)]" (215-37); X, "Bohemian Slavophile patriot-romantics [i.e., Josef Jungmann (1773-1847), Vjaceslav Hanka (1791-1861), Jan Kollar (1793-1852), Šafarik, František Palacký (1798-1876), František Ladislav Čelakovský (1799-1852), and others]" (237-80); XI, "On the invitation of several Bohemian Slavists to Russia" (280-94); XII, "[Pavel Josef] Šafarik [1795-1861] in Prague. His Drevnosti. His meeting with [Mixail Petrovič ] Pogodin [1800-1875] in Prague; their friendship and correspon dence. Šafarík's studies right up to 1848" (294-309); XIII, "The first Russian Slavists sent abroad to study the Slavic world: [Izmail Ivanovic] Sreznevskij [1812-80], [Petr Ivanovic] Prejs [1810-46], [Viktor Ivanovic] Grigorovic [1815-76]." (310-45); XIV, "The rule of Serbian Church Slavonic in Serbia. The predecessors of Vuk: Dosifej Obradovic [1739-1811], [Stefan] Stratimirovic [1757-1836], [Lukian] Musicki [1777-1834], and others" (345-65); XV, "Serbian folk poetry and Vuk [Stefanovic] Karadzic [1787-1864], the reform of the Serbian literary language and orthography" (366-407); XVI, "Iilyrianism and its main literary representatives in Zagreb: [Ljudevit] Gaj [1809-72], St[anko] Vráz [1810-51], [Vjekoslav Alojs] Babukić [1812-75], the Mazuranić brothers [i.e., Anton, 1805-88, and Ivan, 1814-90], [Boguslav] Šulek [1816-95]. The literary movements among the Slovenes" (408-37); XVII, "The Bulgarian Renaissance. [Jurij Ivanovic] Venelin [1802-39]" (437-56); XVIII, "Muscovite Slavophiles. K[onstantin] N[ikolaevic] Aksakov [1817-60]. The activity of the first Russian professors of Slavistics" (456-84); XIX, "Activity in the area of Slavic ethnogra phy" - compare the work of Ivan Mixajlovic Snegirev (1793-1868), Mixailo Maksimovic (1804-73), Pantelejmon Oleksandrovyc Kulus (1819-97), and many others - (485-534); XX, "The influence of the historical grammar by Jacob Grimm and his mythological views on [Fedor Ivanovic] Buslaev [1818-97], P[etr Spiridonovic] Biljarskij [1815-67], P[etr Alekseevic] Lavrovskij [1827-86], A[leksandr Afanas'evic] Potebnja [1835-91], Aleksandr Aleksandrovič] Kotljarevskij [1837-81], N[ikolaj Sawic]Tixonravov [1832-93], Or[est Fedorovic] Miller [1833-89], Alek sandr Nikolaevic] Pypin [1833-1904], V[ikentij Vasiľevic] Makusev [1837-83], M[arin Stepanovic] Drinov [1838-1906]" (534-80); XXI, "Activity in the area of Slavic bibliography, the history of Slavic literatures, publications of ancient monu ments and authors: a) among the Poles and Bohemians" (580-614); XII, "Activity ... [ditto]: b) among the Southern Slavs (Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Bulgarians)" (614-32); XXIII, "Activity ... [ditto]: c) among the Russians. Investigations in Byzantinology and on the question of Cyril and Methodius" (632-58); XXIV, "Out standing representatives in Russian literary history and Russian criticism" (658-91); XXV, "Comparative linguistics emerges as a new factor in Slavic grammar: [Franz Xaver von] Miklosich [or Miklošič, 1813-91], [August] Schleicher [1821-68]" (691-718); XXVI, "Slavistics in Prague: the latter years of Šafarík's activity, the influence of his Glagolitic investigations on the Croats - [Jan] Kukuljević


93

[1816-89], [Franjo] Rački (1828-94), [Ivan] Bercić [1824-70], and others; Čelakovskij, [Martin] Hattala [1821-1903], the older Bohemian and Lusatian grammari ans. From the Southern Slavs: [Fran] Kurelac [1811-74], [Adolf] Veber[-Tkalcević, 1825-89], [Duro] Daniele [1825-82], [lovan] Bošković [1834-92]" (718-47); XXVII, "The friends and pupils of Miklosich in the Austrian provinces - among the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, and Galicians. The older Polish grammarians [e.g., Emil Ogonowski (1833-94) et al.]" (747-66); XXVIII, "Attempts to establish Sanskrit on Slavic soil; grammatical studies involving Lithuanian and other Indo-European lan guages" (766-85); XXIX, "The new generation of the representatives of Slavistics in Austrian and Russian universities", e.g., Aleksandr Ivanovič Smirnov (1842-1905), Polixronij Agapievic Syrku (1855-1905), Konstantin Fedorovič Radčenko (1872-1908), Lucian Malinowski (1839-98), Ignác Boleslav Masek (1837-1901), František Prusik (1845-1908), Vatroslav Oblak (1864-1906), and others (785-842), and XXX, "Representatives of the comparative study of the monuments of Old Russian literature and folklore: A[leksandr] N[ikolaevic] Veselovskij [1838-1902], A[leksandr] I[vanovic] Kirpicnikov [1845-1903], I[van] N[ikolaevič] Ždanov [1846-1905], N[ikolaj] P[avlovič] Daskević [1852-1908], [the folkloristic work of Vladimir Bonifaťevič ] Antonovič [1834-1905, and of Mixail[Petrovic]Dragomanov [1841-95]; and of the legal sphere: V[altazar (Vlasievič)] Bogošić [1834-1908, and Pavl Ivanovič Jakuškin, 1820-72]" (842-77). After the "Concluding words" (878-907), there follow: "Addenda" to individual statements in the text (908-21), "New supplements" (921-32) compiled by P(avel) K(onstantinovič) Simoni (1859-1939), an "Index of proper names" (933-59), and errata and corrigenda (960-61).

1911. Kryński, Adam Antoni (1844-1932). Szkic językoznawstwa polskiego od początku w. XIX [Sketch of Polish linguistics until the end of the 19th century]. Cracow: Drukarnia Uniwersytetu Jagiellońskiego, 16 pp. Not seen by the compiler. This sketch was written on the occasion of the 250th anniversary of the Univ. of Cracow (founded in 1761).

1914. Richert, Gertrud (1885-after 1955). Die Anfänge der romanischen Philologie und die Romantik. Halle/S.: Max Niemeyer, XI, 100 pp. (Originally, doctoral diss., Univ. of Berlin, 1913.) An account of the emergence of historical-comparative linguistics as a result of crossfertilization between Romanticist tendencies in France and Germany toward the end of the 18th and the beginning of the 19th century, with particular regard to the work of Raynouard in France and F. and A. W. Schlegel in Germany. The book in cludes first publication of correspondence of the period between the Schlegels and others.

1916. Flügel, Ewald (1863-1914). "The History of English Philology". Flügel Memorial Volume ... (= Leland Stanford Junior Univ. Publications), 9-35. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford Univ. Press, 232 pp. A brief survey (first presented as a public address in 1902) of origin and develop ment of English philology and linguistics, from the work of Orrm (11th century) to the works of 19th-century scholars, with an emphasis on problems of dictionary making and the edition of literary texts. There are few bibliographical footnotes.

94


1917. Adams, Eleanor Nathalie. Old English Scholarship in England from 1566-1800. New Haven, Conn.: Yale Univ. Press, 204 pp. (Repr.,Hamden, Conn.: Archon Books, 1970.) Originally a 1914 Yale Univ. dissertation, this study surveys the development of Old English and related studies from the date (1566) of the publication of the first book on the subject till the establishment of the first professorship in the field in England in 1795. In addition to 3 major chaps. (11-113), there are appendixes in cluding extracts from correspondence and from prefaces of early books, among other things. Bib. (201); index (202-04).

1917.Kuľman,N(ikolaj) K(arlovič, 1871-1940). Iz istorii russkoj grammatiki [From the history (of the study) of Russian grammar]. Petrograd: Senatskaja tipografìa. Not seen by the compiler.

1919. Delbrück, Berthold. Einleitung in das Studium der indogermanischen Sprachen: Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte und Methodik der vergleichenden Sprachforschung. (= Bibliothek indogermanischer Grammatiken, 4.) 6th rev. and enl. ed. Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel, xvi + 251 pp. First ed., 1880; however, the 1919 ed. may rightly be regarded as a new book, with some 75 pp. more than the 4th ed. (Delbrück 1904); see also Delbrück 1893 (above). The vol. contains the following chaps. — to mention the historical portion only: "Das Altertum" (1-23); "Von den Römern bis zur klassischen Periode" (24-38); "Die klassische Periode der Sprachwissenschaft [1786-1819]" (39-90); "Von Bopp bis Schleicher und Curtius" (91-107), and "Von Schleicher and Curtius ' bis zur Gegenwart" (108-55), a chap. in which mention is made of Saussure's Cours (p. 114). Index of names (xiii-xvi); no bibliography.

1926. Stout, Wilbur White (b. ca.1900). The Progress of Linguistic Science before 1700. Doctoral diss., Chapel Hill, N.C.: Department of English, Univ. of North Carolina, 226 typed pp. This (unplublished) study investigates the contributions by English scholars to the scientific study of languages between 1500 and 1700; it contains a bibliography of the works published during this period and detailed analyses of a number of studies, in particular textbooks and dictionaries.

1934. Burdach, Konrad (1859-1936). Die Wissenschaft von deutscher Sprache: Ihr Werden - ihr Weg - ihre Führer. Berlin & Leipzig: W. de Gruyter, viii + 191 pp. Not a fully-fledged history of linguistics in Germany but a collection of informative articles written by B. between 1882 and 1926, and edited by Hans Bork, who also prepared a detailed index (186-91). The vol. includes the following major chaps.: I, "Von [Martin] Opitz [1597-1639] bis [Johann Christoph] Gottsched [1700-1766]" (1-25); II, "Hamann - Herder - Goethe" and their linguistic views (26-69); III, "Die Brüder Jacob und Wilhelm Grimm und Karl Lachmann [1793-1851]" (70-102); IV, "Die Fort- und Umbildung der Sprachbetrachtung Jacob Grimms" (103-30); V.


95

"Wilhelm Scherer [1841-86]" (131-63), and VI, "Rudolf Hildebrand [1824-94]" (164-84).

1935. Handel, Jakób. Dzieje Językoznawstwa,[Evolution of linguistics]. Lwów: Nakładem Filomaty, Lwów Universitet, XXVI, 266 pp. Apart from historical accounts of Pol. linguistics (213-57, bib., 258 and 259-60 [re linguistics periodicals]), the vol. consists of a fairly traditional history of linguistics from antiquity (3-24), the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (25-38), grammatical study in ancient India (43-48), linguistic work before 1816 (49-54), and subsequent developments largely in Germany, except for a brief account of Semitic linguistics (39-42). Index of subjects (262-64).

1936. Mladenov, Stefan (1880-1963). Sravnitelno indoevropejski ezikoznanie [Comparative Indo-European linguistics]. Sofia: Pridvorna pečatnica, XII, 492 pp. Cf. chap. II, 'Sketch of a IE linguistics' (68-102), which begins (after an evaluation of the histories of linguistics by Benfey 1869, Delbrück 1880, Thomsen 1902, and others) with Plato's Cratylus, and ends with the works of the Neogrammarians and their contemporaries and followers.

1937. Corte, Francesco della. La filologia latina dalle origine a Varrone. (= Fondo di studi Pavini-Chivio; Univ. di Torino, 4.) Turin: V. Bona, ix + 165 pp. (Also Turin: F. Casanova & Co., 1937.) This survey of Latin grammatical study from the 5th century B.C. till (and includ ing) Marcus Terentius Varro (116-27 B.C.) contains the following chaps.: I, "Le origine greche" (3-15); II, "Nel secondo secolo avanti Cristo" (17-59), III, "Nel primo secolo avanti Cristo" (61-99); IV, "Marco Terenzio Varrone" (101-46), with an appendix, "La cronologia delle opere Varrione" (149-66). Index of names (161-65); extensive bibliographical footnotes.

1946. Funaioli, Gino (1878-1958). "Lineamenti d'una storia della filologia attraverso і secoli". Studi di letteratura antica: Spiriti e forme, figure e problemi delle letterature classiche by G. Funaioli, vol.I, 185-364. Bologna: N. Zanichelli, χ + 387 pp. (Repr., 1951). This survey of philological study from antiquity to the beginning of the 20th century consists of the following chaps.: "Filologia greca" (185-206); "Filologia romana" (206-36); "Dal antichità all'Umanesimo" (236-49); "Umanesimo e filologia italiana" (249-66); "Fitología umanistica italiana" (266-89); "La filologia italiana e francese dei secoli XVI e XVII" (289-305); "Periodo olandese e inglese" (305-11); "La filologia in Francia e in Italia nel Settecento" (311-21), and "L'Ottocento tedesco" (321-56). Bibliography for each individual chap. (357-64); index of names (367-85).

1944. Kuehner, Paul. Theories on the Origin and Formation of Language in the Eighteenth Century in France: A dissertation in Romance Languages .... Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania, viii + 54 pp. The study delineates the various 18th-century views regarding origin and develop-

96

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT ment of language, tracing it back to earlier theories. K. distinguishes 3 major lines of thought: 1) the 'traditional' one which regards language as a divine gift to mankind and tries to trace all languages back to Hebrew, e.g., the works of Claude Duret (d. 1611), Samuel Bochart (1599-1667), Augustin Calmet (1672-1757), Nicholas Sylvestre Bergier (1718-90), and others (1-12); 2) the 'conventional theory' which contends that language is an invention of man endowed with reason (13-19), e.g., the Port-Royal Grammar of 1660 and the tradition it established, compare the work of Pierre Restaut (1696-1764), César Chesneau Dumarsais (1676-1754), and others; and 3) the 'sensationalist theory', of which K. distinguish es two lines (a) "Condillac and his group" (23-35), which includes Rousseau, and (b) "[Charles] de Brosses [1709-77] and his followers" (35-48), with which K. associates the work of Antoine Court de Gébelin (1725-84). After a brief conclu sion (49-50), there follows a bibliography of primary (51-52) and secondary (52-54) sources.

1946. Starnes, DeWitt T(almage, 1888-1967), and Gertrude E(lizabeth) Noyes. The English Dictionary from Cawdrey to Johnson 1604-1755. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina Press, X, 299pp.; 16 facs. (Repr., Releigh, N. C : North Carolina State Univ. Print Shop, 1965.) A historical survey of the development of English lexicography from Robert Cawdrey's A Table Alphabeticall (1604) to John Nicol Scott (c.1703-69) and Nathan Bailey's (d.1742) A New Universal Etymological English Dictionary (1755), exclu ding, however, Samuel Johnson's famous and influential Dictionary of the English Language (1750) from the discussion, as it would require monograph treatment. Following an introd. chap. entitled "The Medieval and Renaissance Heritage of the English Distionary" (1-12), which largely deals with the bilingual English-Latin dic tionary tradition the major monolingual dictionaries are treated in individual chaps., 21 in all. Apart from several anonymous dictionaries the authors of the dictionaries in question are, in chronological order of the appearance of their respective works: John Bullokar (fl.1616-22), Henry Cockeram (fl.1623-50), Thomas Blount (1618-79), Edward Phillips (1630-C.1696), Elisha Coles (e.1640-80), John Ker sey (fl. 1702-20), Edward Cocker (1631-75), Nathan Bailey (c.1670-1742) Thorns Dyche (fl.1719) & William Pardon (fl.1735-38), Benjamin Norton Defoe (fl.1735), Benjamin Martin (1704-82), John Wesley (1703-91), William Rider (17231785), and others. There is a brief bib. of secondary lit. (228-31), and a chronological list of dictionaries (232-41), together with locations of copies. Detailed index (289299). - Cf. the reviews by Ester Keck Sheldon in LG 23.300-03 (1947), by Robert L. Ramsay in AS 22.57-60(1947), and Edward Coyle in CW 41.23-27 (1947).

1947. Milewski, Tadeusz (1906-66). Zarys językoznwastwa ogólnego [Outline of general linguistics], Part I: Teoria językoznwastwa [Linguistic theory]. Preface (v-vii) by Tadeusz Lehr-Splawiński (1891-1965). Lublin & Cracow: Nakład i Wydawnictwo Towarzystwa Ludoznawczego, viii + 208 pp. The book is essentially a history of linguistics beginning with the Sanskrit gram marians and the Greeks - and including a brief account of the Arab grammarians up to a critical tracing of the development of comparative linguistics in the 19th and


97

structuralist trends (including a systematic presentation of the views of Saussure, the 'schools' of Prague, Geneva, and Copenhagen, and the theories of Karl Bühler [1879-1963]) in the 20th century. M. excludes American structuralism. Each chap. has a brief bibliography appended; the vol. concludes with an E. summary (201-08). Cf. the reviews by Zygmunt Rysiewicz in BSL 44, No. 129.21-23 (1947-48); Paul L(ucian) Garvin in AmA 52.405-07 (1950), and Constantin Regamey in Anthropos 45.904-06(1950). E. transi., Introduction to the Study of Language, by Marsha Brochwicz. The Hague: Mouton; Warsaw: Polish Scientific Publishers, 1973, 204 pp.

1951. Devoto, Giacomo (1897-1974). I fondamenti della storia linguistica. (= Biblioteca enciclopedica sansoniana, 9.) Florence: G. C. Sansoni, 94 pp. Largely on Saussurean linguistic ideas and concepts, e.g., on the dichotomy between synchrony and diachrony (55-66). - Cf. Henry M. Hoenigswald, " 'I Fondamenti della storia linguistica' e le posizioni neogrammatiche", LN 13.47-50 (1952), and also the reviews by Stephen Ullmann in ArchL 3. 193-94 (1951), Cesare Segre in AGI 36.92-93 (1951), and by Ernst Pulgram in Lg 28.261-62 (1952).

1953. Kretzmann, Norman (John Karl, b.1928). Semiotic and Language Ana lysis in the Philosophy of the Enlightenment. Unpubl. dissertation, Balti more, Maryland: John Hopkins Univ., VII, 377 (typed) pp. Not seen by the compiler; cf. also Kretzmann 1967 (p. 50, above).

1954. Starnes, DeWitt T(almage). Renaissance Dictionaries: English-Latin and Latin-English. Austin: Univ. of Texas Press, XII, 427 pp. An expansion of the portion that the author contributed to Starnes & Noyes 1946 (see above), this study treats in particular the bilingual Latin-English dictionary tra dition from about 1440, when the anonymous Promptorium parvulorum was writ ten, to Robert Ainsworth's (1660-1743) Thesaurus linguae Latinae compendiarius (1736). As in the earlier work, individual chaps., are devoted to some 22 dictionaries, either by anonymous authors or by the following scholars - I am excluding the names of those listed in Starnes & Noyes: Sir Thomas Elyot (c.1490-1546), Thomas Cooper (c.1517-94), Guillaume Morel (1505-64), Thomas Thomas (1553-88), Jean Veron (d.1563), Richard Huloet (111552), John Withals (fl.1556), John Baret (Bar rett, d. C.1578), John Rider (1562-1632), Christopher Wase (c.1625-90), Francis Holyoake (1567-1653), Francis Gouldman (d.c.1688), Thomas Holyoake (c.16161675), Adam Littleton (1627-94), and others. There is abrief bib. of secondary sour ces (393-94), and a short-title list of primary texts (394-99) as well as a very de tailed index (403-27). - Cf. the reviews by Sherman McAllister Kuhn 'm Lg 30.551554 (1954), by Fernand Mosse in BSL 50:2.138 (1954), and others (cf. BL 1954. 212 and 1955. 182, for further references).

1955. Agrell, Jan. Studier i den äldre sprakjämförelsens allmänna och svenska fram till 1827. (= Uppsala Universitets Årsskrift, 1955:13) Uppsala: Lundequist; Wiesbaden: O. Harrassowitz, 220 pp. A survey of linguistic studies from the Renaissance to about 1820, with particular emphasis on the development in Sweden during that time. After a general chap.

98

WESTERN HISTORIES OF LINGUISTIC THOUGHT giving the major lines of development on the Continent (in which it is shown how much orthodox theological constraints hampered progress until the 18th century), there follow four major chaps. delineating stages in the history of language study in Sweden: 1) The orthodox trend (1500-1700), pp. 63-82; 2) Gothic in the centre of research (from 1600 onwards), pp. 83-128; 3) scientific criticism (from 1700 on wards), pp. 129-72, and 4) the world language problem (from 1800 onwards), pp. 173-200, with an appendix (201-03), consisting of a table of those scholars who noted changes within a number of languages and set up rules to account for these, from Theodor Bibliander in 1548 to Jacob Grimm in 1822. The book concludes with a G. summ., "Studien zur allgemeinen und schwedischen Geschichte der älte ren Sprachvergleichung (bis 1827)" (204-11) and a bibliography of primary (212-18) and secondary (218-20) sources. Swedish scholars who played a significant role in the history of IE linguistics are, inter alia: Johan Thomas Bureus (1568-1652), Georg Stiernhielm (1598-1672), Olaf Rudbeck father (1630-1702) and son (1660-1740), Johan Ihre (1707-80), and Matthias Norberg (1747-1826). Cf. the review by Assar Janzén in ScS 28.154-57 (1956).

Dokusov, A. M. 1955. Russkie pisateli o jazyke: Xrestomatija [Russian Writers on Language: A chrestomathy]. Moscow: Gos. učebno-ped agog. izd-vo., 460 pp. Y

Not seen by .; cf. anon.review in UkrMS 1955/2.80-81.

1955. Pätsch, Gertrud (b. 1910). Grundfragen der Sprachtheorie. Halle/S.: M. Niemeyer, viii + 181 pp. The first portion of the book constitutes a survey of linguistic studies from the early 19th century to 1950 (viz. Stalin's debunking of Marrism in the "Prawda" of 20 June and 4 July 1950, which had been preceded by Arnold Stepanovic Cikobava's paper, "Concerning a few questions of Soviet linguistics", in the same newspaper on 9 May 1950). It includes the following chaps.: "Die historischvergleichende Sprachwissenschaft" (2-6); "Versuche einer theoretischen Begrün dung [of linguistics] in Deutschland" (6-35), in which the work of Humboldt, Steinthal, Paul, Wundt, Cassirer, Bühler, and others are discussed, and "Theore tische Bestrebungen der Gegenwart" (44-49), in which post-Saussurean structura lism and Bloomfieldian "Vulgärmaterialismus" are criticized. There is no compre hensive bibliography and no index.

1957. Dünniger, Josef. "Geschichte der deutschen Philologie". Deutsche Philologie im Aufriss ed. by Wolfgang Stammler, 2nd rev. ed., vol.I, coll.83-222. Berlin: E. Schmidt. (Repr., 1966.) Following a few general comments regarding the 'Forschungsstand' of German lin guistic studies, there follow 7 chaps. devoted to particular periods in the develop ment of linguistics: "Humanismus und Reformation" (coll.92-102); "Die Leibniz und Opitz-Zeit" (102-114); "Die Gottsched-Zeit" (114-21); "Die Herder-Zeit" (122148), "Die Grimm-Zeit" (148-76);"Die Scherer-Zeit" (176-96), and "Das zwanzigste Jahrhundert" (196-222). Each chap. has a bib. appended.

1957. Stehr, Alfred (b. 1926). Die Anfänge der finnisch-ugrischen Sprachver gleichung, 1669-1771. [Unpublished] dissertation, Göttingen: GeorgAugust-Univ., 125 typed pp.


99

The study consists of the following chaps.: I, "Martin Fogel [1634-75]" (7-23); II, "G.W.Leibniz" (24-31); III, "Johann Philipp von Strahlenberg [1676-1747]" (32-50); IV, "Johann Eberhard Fischer [1697-1771]" (51-100), and "Das Sibirische Vokabular" (101-17). Bibliography (118-24).

1958. Rocher, Ludo (b. 1926). "Les philologues classiques et les débuts de la grammaire comparée". Revue de l'Université de Bruxelles 10:3.251-86. R. gives an account of the 19th-century debate between classical philologists and comparative linguists over the scientific treatment of language, delineating in parti cular the difficulties the first (and partly also the second) generation of comparativist linguists encountered in their efforts to establish Sanskrit and Indo-European studies as university subjects. Cf. also the same author's paper, "Klassieke filologie contra vergelijkende taalwetenschap", Hand VlFC 1959.119-24.

1958. Ts'en, Ch'i-hsiang. Yü-yen-hsüeh shih kai-yao [An outline of the hist ory of linguistics]. Peking: K'o-hsiieh, XVI, 332pp. Not seen by the compiler; cf. the review by Tsung-yen Wang in CKYW 1962/4. 182187.

1958. Vinogradov, V(iktor) V(ladimirovič, 1895-1969). Iz istorii izučenija russkogo sintaksisa (ot Lomonosov do Potebni i Fortunatova) [From the history of the study of Russian syntax (from Lomonosov to Potebnja and Fortunatov)]. Moscow: Izd. Moskovskogo Univ., 400pp. Not seen by the compiler; cf. the review by N. S. Pospelov in VJa 7:3.102-1- (1959). The vol. surveys grammatical studies in Russia from the mid-18th to the beginning of the 20th century.

1960. Hallowell, A. Irving. "The Beginnings of Anthropology in America". Selected Papers from the American Anthropologist, 1888-1920 ed. by Frederica de Laguna, 1-90. Evanson, 111. & Elmsford, N.Y.: Row, Peterson & Co., X, 930pp. This introd. article traces the development of anthropological work from the 16th century to the present, devoting a particular chap. to linguistics (23-34), a field, which has always played an important role in American anthropology.

1960-62. Džaukjan, G(evork) B(eglarovič). Lezwabonauthjan patmouthjoun [The history of linguistics]. 2 vols. Erevan: Izd. Erevanskogo Univ., xlviii + 634 and 602 pp. History of linguistics written in Armenian from the early beginnings to the 20th century; vol.11 is entitled "The 20th century and Soviet linguistics". For details, cf. the reviews by Vlad Banaţeanu in SCL 14.143-45 (1963); L. Motalová and Ladislav Zgusta in  31.511-15 (1963), and A. I. Movesjan in VJa 14:5.133-37 (1965).

1961. Kravčuk, R(einhoľd) V(ladymyrovyč), Z istoriji slovjans'koho movoznavstva (Vydatnis slavisty-movoznavci) [From the history of Slavic lin guistics (Outstanding Slavic linguists)]. Kiev: Radjans'ka Škola, 140 pp. The book contains brief biobibliographical accounts of the following scholars: A. X. Vostokov (1781-1864), I. I. Sreznevskij (1812-80), A. A. Potebnja (1835-91), F. F.

100


Fortunatov (1848-1914), A. A. Saxmatov (1864-1920), J. Baudouin de Courtenay (1845-1929), Aleksėj Ivanovič Sobolevskij (1856-1929), Grigorij Andreevic Iľinskij (1876-1936), Boris Mixajlovic Ljapunov (1862-1943), and others (5-76). These are followed by three more chaps.: "Other workers in Slavic linguistics" (77-83), consis ting of very short notes on 31 scholars; "Outstanding foreign Slavic linguists" (84-118), with brief statements on 55 scholars, and "Actual problems of Slavic linguistics" (119-38), mainly devoted to diachronic Slavistics. Bibliographical foot notes; no index.

1963. Battaglia, Salvatore. Le teorie linguistiche del settecento. Naples: Liguori, 133 pp. The study of 18th-century linguistic theories consists of 5 chaps.: "La questione della lingua" (3-12), "La criticalinguistico-letteraria dei fratelli Verri" (13-33), "Mel chiorre Cesarotti et il suo brevario di linguistica" (34-45), "La presenza di Rousseau" (46-56), and "La dottrina linguistica del [Giacomo] Leopardi [(1798-1837)]", which takes up the remainder of the study (57-133).

1964-65. Boléo, Manuel de Pavia (b. 1904). "Algumas tendências e perspectivas da linguística moderna". Revista Portuguesa de Filologia 13.279-346. (Separate ed., augmented by an index [69-78], Coimbra: Fac. de Letras da Univ. de Coimbra, Inst. de Estudios Românicos, 1965, 78 pp.) This survey of linguistic work done from the 1940's to the mid-1960's contains valuable bibliographical information and discussion of matters concerning applied linguistics, machine translation, lexicology, foreign language teaching, etc. Classified bibliography (328-34 [= 50-56 of sep. ed.]), supplements (335-44 [= 57-66]), and Fr. summ. (345-46 [= 67-68]). Cf. the reviews Maria José de Moura Santos in BJR 11/12.75-78 (1965); Joaquim Mattoso Câmara Jr. (1904-70) in ELing 1:1, 41 (1966), and Georges Gougenheim (1900-1972) in BSL 62:2/1967, p. 65 (1968).

1965. Ščeulin, V(asilij) A(asiľevič),and V(alerija) I(vanova) Medvedeva, comps. Xrestomatija po istorii grammatičeskix učenij v Rossi [Chrestomathy for the history of grammatical studies in Russia]. Moscow: Gos. učebnopedagog. izd-vo ''Vysšaja škola", 355 pp. Not seen by the compiler, cf. the reviews by V. Blažek in RJ 18.190-91 (1967-68), and by K. Trnková in ČRUS 12.124-25 (1967).

1966. Dinneen, Francis P(atriek), S.J., ed. Report of the Seventeenth Annual Round Table Meeting on Linguistics and Language Studies. (= MSLL, 19.) Washington, D.C.: Georgetown Univ. Press, X, 258 pp. This vol. includes 4 papers devoted to the history of linguistics, namely, by G. L. Bursill-Hall on Modistic grammar (133-48), Hugo Mueller on Humboldt (97-107), Karl V. Teeter on general issues in linguistic histriography (83-95), and by John Viertel on 18th-century glottogonie theories (109-32).

1967. Anon. "La Linguistique", and "La Recherche Linguistique". Revue de l'enseignement supérieur 1967, Nos.1/2.1-117, and Nos.3/4.1-197, respectively. These 2 fascicles offer a survey of various branches of linguistic research, each writ-


101

ten by a renouned scholar in the field. - Cf. the detailed review of Oswald Panagi in Linguistics 83.113-19 (1972), for further information.

1968. Lounsbury, Floyd G. 'One Hundred Years of Anthropological Linguis tics". One Hundred Years of Anthropology ed. by John Otis Brew, 150-225, 256-64. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Univ. Press. A historical account of anthropological linguistics from the mid-19th to the mid20th century, with particular reference to North American works and traditions in the field.

1968. Schmidt, Siegfried J. (b.1940). Sprache und Denken als sprachphilo sophisches Problem von Locke bis Wittgenstein. The Hague: M. Nijhoff, VIII, 202 pp. An analysis of the theories of Locke, Herder, Humboldt, and minor philosophers of language, such as Gustav Gerber, F. Max Müller, and Gerhard Runze (cf. Schmidt 1971, p.63 [above] on these latter 3 scholars), and, finally, Wittgenstein. - Cf. the late Waltraud Bumann's review in Philosophischer Literaturanzeiger 24:2.87-90 (1969).

1968.Titone, Renzo. Teaching Foreign Languages: An historical sketch, Washington, D.C.: Georgetown Univ. Press, 124 pp. A brief history of foreign language study from antiquity (4-7), the Renaissance to 1800 (8-25), the 19th century (26-40) to modern techniques of foreign language teaching (86-115), with particular chaps, devoted to Henry Sweet (41-49), Otto Jespersen (50-56), and Harold E. Palmer (57-74). Bib. (116-24).

1969. Szlifersztejnowa, Salomeą. Kategoria stromy: Z historii myśli ling wisty sznej [The category of voice: On the history of linguistics]. Breslau-Cracow-Warsaw: Zakład im. Ossolińskich, 119 pp. A history of the genera verbi as a linguistic category since the Stoics: I, "The concept of aspect in practical manuals and in a few theoretical works up unto the newest times" (8-58); in this chap. Sz. delineates the main epochs in European linguistic thought, including the Port-Royal grammar. II, "An attempt at an analysis of modern theories of voice", with particular emphasis on Slavic languages (59-104), in which the theories of Schuchardt, Vossler, Meyer-Lübke, Jespersen, Meillet, Benveniste, Stefanini, and others and, in particular, the work of Witold Doroszewski are analyzed. The study concludes with a brief Fr. summ., "La catégo rie de la voix du verbe" (105), a bibliography (106-13), and an index of names (114-17). Cf. the review by Kristine Heltberg in Linguistics 113.124-26 (Oct. 1973).

1970. Reformatskij, A(leksandr) A(leksandrovic, b.1901). Iz istorii otečestvennoj fonologii: Očerk. Xrestomatija. Moscow: Izd. "Nauka", 527 pp. This anthology and history of phonological research was not seen by the compiler ; cf. the reviews by Lev R. Zinder in VJa 18:1.132-35 (1972), and by I. T. Stan in CLing 17.211-13(1912).

1971. Neumann, Friedrich (b. 1889). Studien zur Geschichte der deutschen Philologie: Aus der Sicht eines alten Germanisten. Berlin: E. Schmidt, 155 pp.

102


A (somewhat personal) account of the study of language in Germany from the Renaissance to the first half of the 20th century, including the work of Vossler, Saussure (on pp. 139-40), Trier, Weisgerber, and others. It contains useful bio graphical information on many linguists of the German-speaking areas. A brief bibliography (151-52) and an index of names (153-55) conclude the book. Cf. the reviews by Ernst Alfred Philippsen in JEGP 71.559-61 (1972); Ulrich Pretzel in LB 62.414-20 (1972), and Wolfgang Emmerich in Germanistik 13 (1972), p. 14.

1972. Durante, M(arcello). Orientamenti dello strutturalismo linguistico. Rome: Editrice ELIA, 213 pp. (2nd printing, 1974.) This book is in fact a survey of structural linguistics, whose beginnings the author ("Panorama della linguistica", 3-16, on p.3) places back in the year 1867, in which G. I. Ascoli (1829-1907) adopted (Schleicher's) term 'glottologia' in the sense of the science of language. Nevertheless, Saussure's Cours plays a central role in D's account (cf. pp.7, 17-25 passim, 41-57 passim, etc.) In the central chaps. of his study, D. surveys the theoretical positions of the Prague school (57-99), which includes ideas put forward by Trubeckoj, Jakobson, Karcevskij, Martinet, and others, the theories of Hjelmslev (101-18, see also pp.17-23), of the post-Saussurean and post-Peircean semioticians, e.g., Charles Morris, Luis J. Prieto, and others (118-34), of Bloomfield (137-43), his followers (143-45), of Sapir (145-47) and Whorf (148-49), followed by a presentation of the methods of analysis proposed by American descriptivists (149-72), and of Chomsky (173-207). There is a select bibliography (209-12), but no index. 1 9 7 2 . Heeschen, Claus ( b . 1943). Grundfragen der Linguistik. Mit einem Bei trag von Volker Heeschen. Stuttgart-Berlin-Cologne-Mainz: W. Kohlham mer, 152 p p . (2nd ed., 1974.) A survey of linguistic theories from the Neogrammarians to Transformational Generative Grammar. The book consists of the following major chaps.: I, "Die Sprachwissenschaft vor de Saussure: Die Junggrammatiker" (11-19); II, "Ferdinand de Saussure" (20-41), including a brief criticism of the 'Geneva School' (40-41); III, "Der europäische Strukturalismus" (42-80), covering the Prague school, functionalism, an account of Weisgerber's theories by Volker Heeschen (54-69), and the Glossematic theory; IV, "Bloomfield und die Distributionalisten" (81-98), and V, "Die generative Grammatik" (99-142). Notes (143-45); bibliography (146-52).

1972. Norman, William M. The Neugrammarians and Comparative Linguistics. Unpub. Ph.D. dissertation, Princeton Univ., VI, 196 (typed) pp. The author attempts to investigate "the origins and characteristics of the Neugrammarian school of linguists", seeking "to determine ... (their) historical background ... , the nature of their theory of language and linguistics" in the 19th century (Ab stract, iii). The study consists of 5 major chaps.: 1) "Early comparative linguistics" (13-42); 2) "Critics of early comparative linguistics" (43-80); 3) "The Formation of the Neogrammarian school" (81-115); 4) "Hermann Paul''s Principien der Sprach geschichte" (116-52); and 5) "Changes in Methodology" (153-81). Selected bib. of primary (192-94) and secondary (194-96) sources. - Cf. also DAb 33:3.1156A Sept. 1972).


103

1972. Rigotti, Eddo. "La linguistica in Russia dagli inizi del secolo XIX ad oggi". Rivista di Filosofia neo-scolastica 64.239-64, 428-45, and 648-71. This fairly substantive study surveys the development in Russia from the beginning of the 19th century to the 1950s, under 3 major headings: "Da [Mixail Vasiľevič] Lomonosov [(1711-65)] a Baudouin de Courtenay", "Fine del periodo russo", and "Il ventennio critico della linguistica sovietica". In fact, after a brief preface (239240), there follows a survey of the works of Lomonosov (240-43), Gerasim Petrovič Pavskij (1787-1863), Mixail Nikoforovič Katkov (1818-87), Fedor Ivanovič Buslaev (1818-97), and Izmail Ivanovič Sreznevskij (1812-80) in a section entitled "L'avvio della linguistica russa" (240-45). We are on more familar grounds in the subsequent sections, which include accounts of A. A. Potebnja (245-51), F. F. Fortunatov(251256), the Kazan school (256-64). The second instalment contains inter aha a section entitled "I1 concetto di sistemo linguistica nella formulazione di Kruszewski" (429431), which is followed by an account of syntactic work in Russia in the early 20th century, a field in which A. M. Peskovskij and A. A. Šaxmatov played an important role (431-40). The third instalment is largely devoted to the work and impact of N. Ja. Marr (1865-1934) in Russia and its debunking in the early 1950s, with a brief account of other developments in Russia, notably those connected with the Moscow Circle (655-56), and the phonological principle (656-66) and, especially, in the con cluding section "La nuova rivista di linguistica [i.e., Voprosy Jazykoznaniįa]" (667671).

1972. Staal, J(ohan) F(rederik, b. 1930), ed. A Reader of the Sanskrit Gram marians. (= Studies in Linguistics, 1.) Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, xxiv + 557 pp. in small-40. This anthology reprints excerpts from the earliest records of Sanskrit scholarship from the 7th century up to the time of Humanism (4-26), followed by sections headed "The Foundation of Western Scholarship" (30-45), represented by Jean François (de) Pons (1698-1752) and Henry Thomas Colebrooke (1765-1837); "The Romantic Period" (49-64), represented by August Wilhelm (von) Schlegel and Wilhelm von Humboldt; "The Golden Days" (70-134), represented by Ramkrishna Gopal Bhandarkar (1837-1925) and Franz Kielhorn (1840-1908); "The Sceptics and their Critics" (138-204), represented by William Dwight Whitney (1827-94), Bruno Liebich (1862-1939), Otto Boethlingk (1815-1904), and Georg Bühler (1837-98); "The Transition" (207-59), represented by Bernhard Geiger (1881-1964), and "The Modern Period" (264-525), with selections from the work of Leonard Bloomfield, Barend Faddegon (1874-1955), Kshitish Chandra Chatteriji (1896-1961), Paul Thieme (b. 1905), Pierre Boudon, . A. Subramania Iyer (b. 1896), John Brough (b. 1917), Yutaka Ojihara (b. 1923), and Louis Renou (1896-1966). A bibliography (526-37), and indices of names (539-43), Sanskrit terms (544-49), and sutras (550-57) complete the volume. Cf. the reviews by Luigi Romeo in Colorado Research in Linguistics No. 4, R1-R15 (May 1973); by George Cardona in Language Sciences 26.43-47 (Aug. 1973), by T(ai) S(hung) Paik in Lg 50:3.391-98 (Sept. 1974), and by Peter H(enry) Salus in CJL 20:1.104-08 (Spring 1975).

INDEX OF AUTHORS Note that pages in parentheses refer to editors of books, individual contributors to a collective volume, reviewers or translators of a particular study. A. Aarsleff, H.: 30, (45), 48, (75) Abercrombie, D.: 23 Abraham, W.: (67) Adams, E. N.: 94 Agrell, J.: 97-98 Albrecht, J.: (79) Albright, R. W.: 26 Almela, J.: (41) Alvar, M.: (35) Amacker, R.: (76) Amirova, T. A.: 73 Antal, L.: (63) Antinucci, F.: (76) Anttila, R.: (66) Apel, . .: 36 Apresjan, Ju. D.: 44, 66 Arcaini, E.: (51), (54) Arens, H.: 25, 55, 56, 73, (80) Arnold, M.: (55) Arrivé, M.: 58 Arutjunova, N. D.: (40) Ashworth, E. J.: 70 Austerlitz, R.: (36), (75) Ayerra, M. R.: (49) B. Bach, E.: (33)

Bäbler, J. J.: 7 Bahner, W.: (34), (35), (36) Balázs, J.: 42 Banaţeanu, S.: (99) Bardelli Plomteux, P.: (59) Basham, A. L.: (55) Battaglia, S.: 100 Baudouin de Courtenay, J.: 1112 Baum, R.: (79) Behn, R.: (72) Benfey, T.: 4-5 Bense, G.: (81) Benoist, A.: 5-6 Benware, W. A.: 70-71 Berezin, F. M.: 52, 53, 69, (71), 73-74, 77 Bernstejn, S. B.: 74 Bertelsen, H.: 83 Best, K.-H.: 66 Bethge, R.: (9) Bierwisch, M.: (39), 44 Billanovich, E.&M. : (13) Blanc, H.: (75) Blaylock, C : (61) Blažek, V.: (100) Blecua, J. M.: 74 Blikstein, I.: (38) Bloomfield, L.: (21) Bluhme, H.: (48) Blumenthal, A. L. : (54), 58-59 105

106

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Bogusławskie Α.: (66) Chaurand, J.: (43) Bojadžiev, Z., see Boyadjiev, J. Chevalier, J.-C: (49), 53, Bolelli, T.: 24, (40), 42 58, 59, (79) Boléo, M. de Pavia: 100 Chomsky, N.: (39), 45 Bolton, W. F.: 44-45, (56) Christmann, H. H.: 29, 45-46, Bonfante, G.: 27, (71), (79) 71 Borba, F.: 48 Classen, J.: 2 Borst, Α.: 28, (47) Cloeren, Η.-J.: (62) Bourguignon, J.: (52), (54) Collado, J.-Α.: 66 Boyadjiev, J.: 69-70, (73), Collinder, .: 34 (77) Coliinge, N. E.: (36) Bréal, M.: 84-85 Colloca, T.: (49) Breitinger, H.: 85 Cornelius, P.: 34 Brekié, H. E.: (75), (79) Corte, F. della: 95 Brew, J. 0.: (101) Coseriu, E.: 56 (twice), 6364 Brioschi, F.: (41) Broeck, R. van den: (76) Couturat, L.: 9 Brückner, Α.: (16) Coyle, E.: (96) Bruneau,  : (10) Creuzer, F.: 84 Bruno, L.: 56 Crockett, D. .: (44) Brunot, F.: 8 Crystal, D.: (56) Buckland, C. E.: 83 Cukerman, I. I.: (27) Budagov, R. A.: (35) Bugarski, R.: (80) j}§ Bulič, S. K. : 10 ' . ,.,_ π Bulygina, T. V.: (40) į Agostino, E : (77) Bumann, W.: (101) ^™Τ Τ·\ ' t ,-,^ Burdach, .: 94-95 Davidson-Nielsen N.: (75) Davies Bursian] .: 6-7 > A ' M ' : / 3 8 > > (75) Bursill-Hall, G. L.: (51), 61- ^ a v i s > P ' W ' : n 6 7 „  J 62, 63, (75), (80), (100) De C a r a , see Cara, . A. de Buyssens, E.: (65) Delanoë, N.: (45)  Κ J ' Delbrück, .: 10, 88-89, 94 De Mauro, T.: (38), (40) L ' Desnickaja, A. D.: (27) Calvet, L.-J.: (46) Devoto, G.: (28), 97 Câmara, J. M., Jr.: (100) Diderichsen, P.: 30, 53, 78 Câmpeanu, E. (49) Dik, S. C : (48) Cara, . A. de: 86-87 Dinneen, F. P.: 48-49, (52), Caracciolo, P.: (38) (60), (65), (100) Cardona, G.: (80), (103) Dixon, R. M. W.: 42-43 Carney, E.: (41) Dobrovolsky, M.: (65) Carroll, J. .: 25, 26-27 Dobson, E. J.: 28-29 Cassirer, E.: 17-18, 22-23, Dokusov, A. M.: 98 (65) Donner, 0.: 85-86 Catalan Menendez Pidal, P.: Donzé, R.: 49 27-28 Draganu, Ν.: 23, 59 Chapman, .  : (78) Droixhe, D.: 74

INDEX OF AUTHORS Dubois, C.-G.: 59 Duchaček, O.: (42) Ducrot, O.: 64, 67, (80) Dünninger, J.: 98 Dugat, G.: 85 Durante, M.: 102 Dwight, . W.: 4 Džaukjan, G. .: 99

E. Eckert, R.: (81) Eckstein, F. A.: 83 Egger, E.: 83 Elia, Α.: (77) Emmerich, W.: (102) Engelien, Α.: 87 Engler, R.: (47), (75), (76) Enkvist, N. E.: (42) Erhard, Η. Α.: 2 Esper, Ε. Α.: 53-54, (59) Ettmayer, . von: (16)

F. Fellman, J.: (40) Feudei, G.: (81) Fiesel, E.: (17) Finkel', Α. Μ.: (27) Firth, J. R.: 24 Fischer, G.: (66) Fischer-Jørgensen, E.: 74-75 Flegel, .: (43) Fleischer, W.: (81) Flügel, E.: 93 Fónagy, I.: 36 Fontaine, J.: 71 Ford, G. .: (57) Forsgren, K. -1.: 67 Foucault, M.: 46 Fought, J.: (75) Francescato, G.: (38) François, Α.: 10-11, 29-30 Friedrich, J.: (16) Friedrich, W.: (40) Friend, J. H.: 34-35 Fries, C. C.: 37 Froehde, 0.: 8 Funaioli, G.: 95

107

G. Gail, J. Α.: (36) Gallick, S.: (66) Garavelli Mortara, .: (76) García de la Mora, J. M.: (36) Garde, P.: (41) Gardner, T. J.: 67 Garvin, P. L.: (97) Gazdaru, D.: 24, 49-50 Gigli, M.: (76) Glinz, H.: 23 Gagkaev, K. E.: 29 Genette, G.: 78 Gengoux, J.: (41) Gerretzen, J. G.: 83 Giosu, Ş.: (68) Godei, R.: (39), (63), (76) Götze, H.: (22) Golling, J.: 90 Golopentia-Eretescu, S.: (44) Gougenheim, G.: (100) Graefenhan, E. F. Α.: 3 Greenberg, H. J.: (39) Grandi, M.: (49) Graur, A.: 31 Graustein, G.: (81) Gray, L. H.: 21 Greene, J. C.: (46), (72) Grégoire, X.: 13-14 Gregory, M. J.: (58) Greive, Α.: (48) Gröber, G.: 10 Grove, P.P.: (35) Gudeman, Α.: 8, 11 Gusdorf, G.: 67 Gutknecht, .: (68) Guţu-Romalo, V.: (35) Guxman, M. M.: (40)

H. Haarmann, H.: (79) Haas, M. R.: (39) Haase, F.:  Häusler, F.: (81) Hakulinen, Α.: (37) Hall, R. Α., Jr.: (35), (46) Hallowell, Α. Ι.: 99

108

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Haltof, .: (44) Handel, J.: 95 Hannaford, R. L.: (45) Hanzeli, V. E.: 30-31 Harnois, G.: (19) Hass, W. Α.: (59) Hassler, G.: (81) Hattori, S.: 28 Haugen, E.: (65) Hayashi, T.: 78-79 Heeren, Α. H.A.: 2 Heeschen, .: 102 Heeschen, V.: (102) Heilmann, L.: (46) Heinimann, S.: 49 Heibig, G.: 59 Heltberg, .: (101) Henriksen, . . &  . . : (16) Hentschke, .: 64 Heppell, M.: (37), (43) Herndon, J. H.: 59-60 Herrlitz, W.: (37) Hewes, G. W.: (82) Hewson, J. : (62) Hexendorf, E.: (37) Hiersche, R.: (68) Hill, Α. Α.: (49) Hirzel, X.: 3, 5 Hjelmslev, L.: 65 Hockett, C. F.: (39), 43, 54 Hoenigswald, H. M.: 37, (48), (50), (71) Hofmann, E.: (37) Hooper, J. .: (75) Hprálik, L.: (54) Householder, F. W.: (38), (54) Huntsman, J. F.: (60) Hymes, D. H.: 37, (39), (40), 62, (71), (75)

I. Iliescu, M.: (68) Inama, V.: 12-13 lordan, I.: 20, 35 Ivic, M.: 37, 67 Izzo, H. J.: (79) Izui, H.: (38)

J. Jacob, A.: 57, 67-68 Jacobson, R.: 60 Jagic, V.: 91-93 (!) Jakobson, R.: (38) Janet, P.: 87 Janzén, A.: (98) Jeep, L.: 8 Jellinek, M. H.: 11, 13, (16) Jespersen, 0.: 17 Johnson, D. .: (53) Joly, Α.: (80), (81) Jüttner, F.: (44) Juliard, P.: 46

. Kacnel'son, S. D.: 42 Kapp, V.: (79) Kehr, .: (87) Kelly, D. H.: (61) Kelly, L. G.: 57, (62), (63) Kilbury, J. S.: 72, 79 Klaffenbach, G.: (17) Knowlson, J. R.: (34) Kobyljans'kyj, B.V.: 40-41 Köppen, U.: (46) Koerner, E. F. K.: (38), (40), (47), (48), (56), (57), (58) (60), (61), (62), 68, (75), (79) Köster, J.-P.: (69) Kohlhaase, J.: (80) Kohlenberger, H.: (65) Koutosopoulos, N. G.: (51) Kovács, F.: 60, 62 Krámský, J.: (49) Kravčuk, R. V.: 31, 99-100 Kretzmann, N.: 50, (80), 97 Kristeva, J.: (53) Kruse, R.: (45) Kryński, Α. Α.: 93 Kubrjakova, E. S.: (40) Kühlwein, W.: 62 Kuehner, P.: 95-96 Kürschner, W.: (68) Kufner, H. L.: (79)

INDEX OF AUTHORS Kuhfuss, W.: (79) Kuhn, S. M.: (97) Kuhn, T. S.: (33) Kukenheim, L.: 20, 25-26, 3536 Kul'man, N. K.: 94 Kuznecov, V. G.: (79), (80)

109

Lunt, H. G.: (42) Lyons, J.: (38), (43)

M,

Macavariani, G. I.: (40) Machado, J. P.: 22 Maglione, M.: (51) Maher, J. P.: (37), (44), (50), L. (66), (67) Lakoff, R. T.: (45) Mahmoudian, M.: (66) Lambert,  : 11 Mai, E.: (44) Land, S. .: (45) Malkiel, Y.: (39), (50), 57, Landar, H.: (75) (58), (60), (61), (79) Landgraf, G.: (90) Malmberg, .: 30, 41, (64-65), Lane, G. S.: 23, (50) 68 Lange, L.: 4 Manheim, R.: (18) Langendoen, D. T.: (43) Manz, G.: 12 Langdon, M.: (57) Manzano, .: (4 7) Lapasa, M. P.: (11) Marcos, F.: (51) Leau, L.: 9 Markey, T. L.: (63) Lehmann, W. P.: 50 Marshall, J. C.: (54) Lehnert, M.: (42) Marshall, P. J.: (55) Leont'ev, A. A.: (52) Martinez, F. A.: (38) Lepschy, G. C.: 31, (38), (43), Matoré, G.: 54 46-47, (47), 60, (61), (68), Matthews, W. .: 25 (75) Matthias, Α.: 91 Leroy, M.: 37-38, (51), (52), Mayrhofer, M.: (36) (56), (58) Medvedevą, V. I.: 100 Lersch, J. H. L.: 3 Meier, G. F.: (41), (43) Leser, E.: 13 Meillet, A.: 13 Levitt, J.: (46) Meisel, J. M.: (45) Levy, R.: (36) Melardi, E.: (46) Lexer, M.: 87-88 Melin, 0. W.: 18 Lieb, H. H.: (50) Michael, I.: 60 Liljeblad, J.: 90 Michels, V.: (16) Linker, W. M.: 72 Michelsen, . .: 2-3 Lipka, L.: (48) Miel, J.: (45) Llorente Maldonado de Guevara, Milewski, T.: 96-9 7 Militz, H.-M.: (81) Α.: 50 Miller, R. Α.: (75) Lockwood, W. .: 57 Millet, Α.: 20-21 Loiseau, A.: 86 Milner, G. .: (38) Loja, J. V.: 13, 54 Mladenov, S.: 95 Lollesgaard, J.: 18 Mohrmann, .: (31), (38) Lorenzo, E.: (60) Momigliano, Α.: 54 Lorian, Α.: (53), (58) Montes-Giraldo, J. J.: (35), Lounsbury, F. G.: 101 Lüdtke, H.: (40) (53)

110

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Morelli, G.: 60 Morganti, S.: (43) Morpurgo Davies, see Davies, Α. Μ. Mosse, F.: (97) Motalová, L.: (99) Mounin, G.: 43-44, 50-51, (52), 65, (68) Movesjan, Α. Ι.: (99) Mueller, Η.: (100) Müller, J. J.: (72) Müller, .: (27) Müller, L.: 5 Muhlack, U.: 64 Muljačic, Z.: (75) Murat, V. P.: (40) Murphy, J. J.: 72 Murray, J. A. H. : 8

N, Narr, G.: (56), (64) Naumann, H.: (70) Nefedev, S. E.: (71) Neuhaus, H.-J.: (38) Neumann, F.: 101-02 Neumann, J.: (51) Neumann, S. G.: 30 Neumann, W.: (81) Nickel, G.: (48) Niederehe, H.-J.: (79) Noreen, A.: 7 Norman, F.: (38) Norman, W. M.: 102 Noyes, G. E.: 96

0. O k i t s u , T . : 79-80 Olmsted, D. L . : (54) O ľ x o v i k o v , B. Α. : 73 O r n s t e i n , J . : (61) P, Padley, G. A.: 80 Paes, J. P.: (38) Pätsch, G.: 98 Pagliaro, A.: 19

Paik, T. S.: (103) Palmer, F. R.: (49), (54) Palmer, R. E.: (48) Panconcelli-Calzia, G.: 22, 33 Pannagi, 0.: (50), (101) Panther, K.-U.: (68) Pap, L.: (42) Parret, H.: (80) Paris, G.: (6) Paul, H.: 8-9 Paulsen, F.: 7 Peck, H. T.: 13 Pedersen, H.: 16, 18, 20, 36, 90 Percival, W. .: (45), (50), (58), (61), (68), (75) Pfeiffer, R.: 54-55 Pfister, R.: 81 Philippsen, E. Α.: (102) Pike, K. L.: (39) Pinborg, J.: 47, 65, (75), (80) Pisani, V.: (38), (40) Pökel, W.: 83 Pohrt, H.: (53) Poldauf, I.: 24 Politzer, R. L.: (36) Pollak, H.: (18) Polovcov, V. A.: 86 Pop, D.: 83 Pop, S.: 25, 83 Porzeziñski, W.: 12, 18, 8990 Posner, R.: (21), (39), 60-61 Postman, L.: (33) Pott, A. F.: 4, 7-8 Prampolini, G.: (52) Pravda, M.: (57) Pretzel, U.: (102) Price, G.: (38) Priestly, T. M. S.: (69) Puglielli, Α.: (76) Pulgram, E.: (97) Putschke, W.: 57-58 Q. Quemada, .: 51

INDEX OF AUTHORS

R. Ramat, P.: (76), (81) Rammelmayer, M.: (37) Ramsey, R. L.: (96) Raumer, R. von: 5 Reformatskij, Α. Α.: 101 Regamey,  : (97) Regula, M.: (38) Reichelt, H.: (16) Reid, T. . W.: (35) Rettig, W.: (79) Rey, A.: 68 Richert, G.: 93 Ricken, U.: (80), (81) Righi, G.: 36 Rigotti, E.: 103 Robins, R. H.: 26, (38), 47, 51-52, (67), 68, (72), (80) Roceric-Alexandrescu, A.: (48) Rocher, L.: 99 Rocher, R.: 55, (75) Rockel, M. (44), (46), (47) Rössig-Hager, M.: (6) Romeo, L.: (52), 63, (103) Romeo, P. G.: (11) Rosiello, L.: 52, (76), (80) Rosso, .: (61), (66) Rouday, L.: (79) Roždestvenskij, J. V.: 72 Ruggiero, G.: (76) Rumpel, T.: 83-84 Rysiewicz, Z.: (97)

S. Sainean, L., see Şaineanu, L. Salmon, V.: (42), (45), 65, (72), (75) Salus, P. H.: 58, (103) Sandys, J. E.: 9, 14 Saronne, T. E.: (41), (52) Santos, M. J. de Mura: (100) Savoia, M.: (77) Scaglione, A. D.: (36), 61, 65-66 Scharlau, .: (53) Schippan, T.: (81) Schmidt, Κ. Ε. Α.: 3

111

Schmidt, Κ. Η.: (78) Schmidt, L.: (69) Schmidt, S. J.: 63, 101 Schelle, H.: (44) Schneider, G.: 69, (79) Schömann, G. F.: 3-4 Schrader, 0.: 91 Schwentner, E.: (16) Séailles, G.: 87 Sebeok, Τ. Α.: (39), (47) Seebold, E.: (68) Segre, .: (38), (97) Setälä, E. N.: 88 Sevard, T. E.: (50) Sheldon, E. K.: (96) Siebenborn, E.: 81-82 Siebs, T.: 9 Simone, . de: (71) Simone, R.: (76), (80) Skalicka, V.: (43) Sljusareva, N. Α.: (38), (71), (80) Soida, E.: 55 Sommerfelt, Α.: (32), (38) Spargo, J. W.: (20) Specht, F.: 24 Sperber, D.: (45) Spitzbardt, H.: (81) Staal, J. F.: (80), 103 Stam, J. H.: 82 Stammerjohann, J.: (44), (46) Stan, I. T.: (101) Stankiewicz, E.: (12), (39), (75) Starnes, D. T.: 96, 97 Stefanini, J.: (53), (62), (63), (79), (80) Stehr, Α.: 98-99 Steiner, R. J.: 61 Steiner, T. R.: 76 Steinke, K.: (70) Steinthal, H.: 4, 8 Stengel, E.: (12) Stephenson, Ε. Α.: (58) Stirbu, V.: (43) Stolz, F.: 90 Stout, W. W.: 94 Strang, Β. Μ. Η.: (37),(48),(77)

112

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Straxova, V. S.: (71), (80) Streitberg, W.: 12,14, 16-17 Strippel, J.: (72) Strunk, .: 44 Suchsland, P.: (81) Szabó, Z.: (62) Szemerényi, 0.: 63 Szlifersztejnova, S.: 101 Szulc, Α.: (41) Şaineanu, L.: 89 Sčekina, I. Α.: (77) Ščeulin, V. V.: 100 Šor, R. .: (19), 21 Švejcer, A. D.: (71)

T. Tagliavini,  : 39, 55, (59) Teeter, . V.: (40) Telegdi, Z.: 52 Tell, J.: 5 Terracini, . Α.: 24-25 Terts, І.: (62), (68) Thomsen, V.: 9, 18-19 Thumb, A.: (16) Thurneysen, R.: (16) Thurot,  : 4, 6 Tiberio, G. E.: 63 Timpanaro, S.: 66 Titone, R.: 101 Todorov, T.: 64 Torsueva, I. G.: (71) Tourneur, V.: 90-91 Tovar, A.: 22, (65) Trabalza, .: 11 Trager, G. L.: (34), (35) Trentman, J. A.: (80) Truková, K.: (100) Ts'en, .: 99 Twaddell, W. F.: (35)

U, Uitti, K. D.: (58), (59), (61) Ullmann, S.: (38), (97) Urlichs, H. L.: (88) Urlichs, L. von: 88 Utrilla, J. J.: (38)

V, Vachek, J.: (40), 47-48, (75), (79) Vaimberg, S.: (70) Valesio, P.: (66) Van Hamel, A. G.: 23 Várvaro, A.: 48, 66 Verbürg, P. A.: 26 Viertel, J.: (100) Vignuzzi, U.: (76) Vincenzi, .: (49), (52) Vinogradov, V. V.: 99 Vitale, M.: 28 Vorlat, E.: 41-42, (75), 77

W, Wagner, R.-L.: (36), (49), (68) Wald, L.: 13, 42, (46) Walde, Α.: (16) Waldman, Ν. Μ.: (75) Watanabe, S.: 29 Waterhouse, V. G.: 73 Weisweiler, J.: 25 Welke, .: (81) Wells, R. S.: (72) Werner, J.: (55) Wesermann, M.: (78) Whinnom, .: (34) Wierzbicka, Α.: (37) Wilamowitz-Moellendorf, U. von : 17 Wilbur, T. H.: (69) Wiley, W. L.: (51) Wilson, D.: (58) Wilson, N. G.: (54) Wind, B. H.: (36) Windisch, E.: 17 Windisch, R.: (56) Winkel, E.: 17 Winkler, .: 20 Wojowasito, S.: 32 Wonderly, W. L.: 40 Wrangel, J.-P. de: (44) Wüst, W.: (16) Wulff, E.: (45)

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Wunderli, P.: (79) Wuttke, P.: (36)

Z. Zagórski, Z.: 69 Zancani, D.: (61), (66) Zanetti, G.: (78) Zawadowski, L.: (51)

113

Zeller, H.: 19 Zeller, 0.: 52 Zgusta, L.: (99) Zvegincev, V. Α.: 28, 42 Zwirner, E. (&  . ) : 21, 48

*****

Western Histories of Linguistic Thought: An Annotated Chronological Bibliography, 1822-1976

Workforce Reductions: An Annotated Bibliography

Executive Coaching: An Annotated Bibliography

Alaska History. An Annotated Bibliography

Aboriginal health: An annotated bibliography

Stress burnout: an annotated bibliography

Appalachian Children's Literature: An Annotated Bibliography

Geographically Dispersed Teams: An Annotated Bibliography

The creation evolution controversy: an annotated bibliography

The Korean War: An Annotated Bibliography

Gender Equity in Education: An Annotated Bibliography

Ludwig von Mises: An Annotated Bibliography

Landmarks In Linguistic Thought III: The Arabic Linguistic Tradition (History of Linguistic Thought)

Philosophy of Cynicism. Annotated Bibliography

Generative Linguistics: An Historical Perspective (History of Linguistic Thought)

Landmarks in Linguistic Thought I: The Western Tradition from Socrates to Saussure, 2nd edition (Routledge History of Linguistic Thought Series)

Women Writers of the First World War: An Annotated Bibliography

An annotated bibliography of Oregon bird literature published before 1935

Gothic novels of the twentieth century: an annotated bibliography

Death and Dying: An Annotated Bibliography of the Thanatological Literature

The Prevention and Intervention of Genocide: An Annotated Bibliography

Eastern Religions and Western Thought

A Short History of Western Political Thought

A History of Western Political Thought

Medieval Thought (History of Western Philosophy)

A History of Western Political Thought

Will in Western Thought. An Historico-Critical Survey

Writing National Histories: Western Europe Since 1800

Western Histories of Linguistic Thought: An Annotated Chronological Bibliography, 1822-1976

Workforce Reductions: An Annotated Bibliography

Executive Coaching: An Annotated Bibliography

Alaska History. An Annotated Bibliography

Aboriginal health: An annotated bibliography

Stress burnout: an annotated bibliography

Appalachian Children's Literature: An Annotated Bibliography

Geographically Dispersed Teams: An Annotated Bibliography

The creation evolution controversy: an annotated bibliography

The Korean War: An Annotated Bibliography

Gender Equity in Education: An Annotated Bibliography

Ludwig von Mises: An Annotated Bibliography

Landmarks In Linguistic Thought III: The Arabic Linguistic Tradition (History of Linguistic Thought)

Philosophy of Cynicism. Annotated Bibliography

Generative Linguistics: An Historical Perspective (History of Linguistic Thought)

Landmarks in Linguistic Thought I: The Western Tradition from Socrates to Saussure, 2nd edition (Routledge History of Linguistic Thought Series)

Women Writers of the First World War: An Annotated Bibliography

An annotated bibliography of Oregon bird literature published before 1935

Gothic novels of the twentieth century: an annotated bibliography

Death and Dying: An Annotated Bibliography of the Thanatological Literature

The Prevention and Intervention of Genocide: An Annotated Bibliography

Eastern Religions and Western Thought

A Short History of Western Political Thought

A History of Western Political Thought

Medieval Thought (History of Western Philosophy)

A History of Western Political Thought

Will in Western Thought. An Historico-Critical Survey

Writing National Histories: Western Europe Since 1800

Recommend Documents